macosx/Controller.m

   1 /* $Id: Controller.mm,v 1.79 2005/11/04 19:41:32 titer Exp $
   2
   3    This file is part of the HandBrake source code.
   4    Homepage: <http://handbrake.fr/>.
   5    It may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public License. */
   6
   7 #import "Controller.h"
   8 #import "HBOutputPanelController.h"
   9 #import "HBPreferencesController.h"
  10 #import "HBDVDDetector.h"
  11 #import "HBPresets.h"
  12 #import "HBPreviewController.h"
  13
  14 #define DragDropSimplePboardType        @"MyCustomOutlineViewPboardType"
  15
  16 /* We setup the toolbar values here ShowPreviewIdentifier */
  17 static NSString *        ToggleDrawerIdentifier             = @"Toggle Drawer Item Identifier";
  18 static NSString *        StartEncodingIdentifier            = @"Start Encoding Item Identifier";
  19 static NSString *        PauseEncodingIdentifier            = @"Pause Encoding Item Identifier";
  20 static NSString *        ShowQueueIdentifier                = @"Show Queue Item Identifier";
  21 static NSString *        AddToQueueIdentifier               = @"Add to Queue Item Identifier";
  22 static NSString *        ShowPictureIdentifier             = @"Show Picture Window Item Identifier";
  23 static NSString *        ShowPreviewIdentifier             = @"Show Preview Window Item Identifier";
  24 static NSString *        ShowActivityIdentifier             = @"Debug Output Item Identifier";
  25 static NSString *        ChooseSourceIdentifier             = @"Choose Source Item Identifier";
  26
  27
  28 /*******************************
  29  * HBController implementation *
  30  *******************************/
  31 @implementation HBController
  32
  33 - (id)init
  34 {
  35     self = [super init];
  36     if( !self )
  37     {
  38         return nil;
  39     }
  40
  41     /* replace bundled app icon with one which is 32/64-bit savvy */
  42 #if defined( __LP64__ )
  43     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake-64.icns"]];
  44 #else
  45     fApplicationIcon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:[[NSBundle mainBundle] pathForImageResource:@"HandBrake.icns"]];
  46 #endif
  47     if( fApplicationIcon != nil )
  48         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage:fApplicationIcon];
  49
  50     [HBPreferencesController registerUserDefaults];
  51     fHandle = NULL;
  52     fQueueEncodeLibhb = NULL;
  53     /* Check for check for the app support directory here as
  54      * outputPanel needs it right away, as may other future methods
  55      */
  56     NSString *libraryDir = [NSSearchPathForDirectoriesInDomains( NSLibraryDirectory,
  57                                                                 NSUserDomainMask,
  58                                                                 YES ) objectAtIndex:0];
  59     AppSupportDirectory = [[libraryDir stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Application Support"]
  60                            stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"HandBrake"];
  61     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:AppSupportDirectory] )
  62     {
  63         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:AppSupportDirectory
  64                                                    attributes:nil];
  65     }
  66     /* Check for and create the App Support Preview directory if necessary */
  67     NSString *PreviewDirectory = [AppSupportDirectory stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Previews"];
  68     if( ![[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:PreviewDirectory] )
  69     {
  70         [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createDirectoryAtPath:PreviewDirectory
  71                                                    attributes:nil];
  72     }
  73     outputPanel = [[HBOutputPanelController alloc] init];
  74     fPictureController = [[PictureController alloc] init];
  75     fQueueController = [[HBQueueController alloc] init];
  76     fAdvancedOptions = [[HBAdvancedController alloc] init];
  77     /* we init the HBPresets class which currently is only used
  78      * for updating built in presets, may move more functionality
  79      * there in the future
  80      */
  81     fPresetsBuiltin = [[HBPresets alloc] init];
  82     fPreferencesController = [[HBPreferencesController alloc] init];
  83     /* Lets report the HandBrake version number here to the activity log and text log file */
  84     NSString *versionStringFull = [[NSString stringWithFormat: @"Handbrake Version: %@", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]] stringByAppendingString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @" (%@)", [[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"]]];
  85     [self writeToActivityLog: "%s", [versionStringFull UTF8String]];
  86
  87     return self;
  88 }
  89
  90
  91 - (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching: (NSNotification *) notification
  92 {
  93     /* Init libhb with check for updates libhb style set to "0" so its ignored and lets sparkle take care of it */
  94     int loggingLevel = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"LoggingLevel"] intValue];
  95     fHandle = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
  96     /* Optional dvd nav UseDvdNav*/
  97     hb_dvd_set_dvdnav([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue]);
  98     /* Init a separate instance of libhb for user scanning and setting up jobs */
  99     fQueueEncodeLibhb = hb_init(loggingLevel, 0);
 100
 101         // Set the Growl Delegate
 102     [GrowlApplicationBridge setGrowlDelegate: self];
 103     /* Init others controllers */
 104     [fPictureController SetHandle: fHandle];
 105     [fPictureController   setHBController: self];
 106
 107     [fQueueController   setHandle: fQueueEncodeLibhb];
 108     [fQueueController   setHBController: self];
 109
 110     fChapterTitlesDelegate = [[ChapterTitles alloc] init];
 111     [fChapterTable setDataSource:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 112     [fChapterTable setDelegate:fChapterTitlesDelegate];
 113
 114     /* setup the subtitles delegate and connections to table */
 115     fSubtitlesDelegate = [[HBSubtitles alloc] init];
 116     [fSubtitlesTable setDataSource:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 117     [fSubtitlesTable setDelegate:fSubtitlesDelegate];
 118     [fSubtitlesTable setRowHeight:25.0];
 119
 120     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveName:@"Presets View"];
 121     [fPresetsOutlineView setAutosaveExpandedItems:YES];
 122
 123     dockIconProgress = 0;
 124
 125     /* Call UpdateUI every 1/2 sec */
 126     [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] addTimer:[NSTimer
 127                                           scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:0.5 target:self
 128                                           selector:@selector(updateUI:) userInfo:nil repeats:YES]
 129                                  forMode:NSDefaultRunLoopMode];
 130
 131     // Open debug output window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 132     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"OutputPanelIsOpen"])
 133         [self showDebugOutputPanel:nil];
 134
 135     // Open queue window now if it was visible when HB was closed
 136     if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"QueueWindowIsOpen"])
 137         [self showQueueWindow:nil];
 138
 139         [self openMainWindow:nil];
 140
 141     /* We have to set the bool to tell hb what to do after a scan
 142      * Initially we set it to NO until we start processing the queue
 143      */
 144      applyQueueToScan = NO;
 145
 146     /* Now we re-check the queue array to see if there are
 147      * any remaining encodes to be done in it and ask the
 148      * user if they want to reload the queue */
 149     if ([QueueFileArray count] > 0)
 150         {
 151         /* run  getQueueStats to see whats in the queue file */
 152         [self getQueueStats];
 153         /* this results in these values
 154          * fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
 155          * fPendingCount = 0;
 156          * fCompletedCount = 0;
 157          * fCanceledCount = 0;
 158          * fWorkingCount = 0;
 159          */
 160
 161         /*On Screen Notification*/
 162         NSString * alertTitle;
 163
 164         /* We check to see if there is already another instance of hb running.
 165          * Note: hbInstances == 1 means we are the only instance of HandBrake.app
 166          */
 167         if ([self hbInstances] > 1)
 168         {
 169         alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 170                          NSLocalizedString(@"There is already an instance of HandBrake running.", @"")];
 171         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 172                                       alertTitle,
 173                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 174                                       nil,
 175                                       nil,
 176                                       fWindow, self,
 177                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 178                                       NSLocalizedString(@" HandBrake will now load up the existing queue.", nil));
 179         }
 180         else
 181         {
 182             if (fWorkingCount > 0)
 183             {
 184                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 185                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Previously Encoding Item and %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 186                               fWorkingCount,fPendingCount];
 187             }
 188             else
 189             {
 190                 alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:
 191                               NSLocalizedString(@"HandBrake Has Detected %d Pending Item(s) In Your Queue.", @""),
 192                               fPendingCount];
 193             }
 194
 195             NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
 196                                       alertTitle,
 197                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Reload Queue", nil),
 198                                       nil,
 199                                       NSLocalizedString(@"Empty Queue", nil),
 200                                       fWindow, self,
 201                                       nil, @selector(didDimissReloadQueue:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
 202                                       NSLocalizedString(@" Do you want to reload them ?", nil));
 203         }
 204
 205         // call didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 206         // right below to either clear the old queue or keep it loaded up.
 207     }
 208     else
 209     {
 210         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 211         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 212         {
 213             [self browseSources:nil];
 214         }
 215
 216         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 217         {
 218             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 219         }
 220     }
 221 }
 222
 223 - (int) hbInstances
 224 {
 225     /* check to see if another instance of HandBrake.app is running */
 226     NSArray *runningAppDictionaries = [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] launchedApplications];
 227     NSDictionary *aDictionary;
 228     int hbInstances = 0;
 229     for (aDictionary in runningAppDictionaries)
 230         {
 231         //      NSLog(@"Open App: %@", [aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"]);
 232
 233         if ([[aDictionary valueForKey:@"NSApplicationName"] isEqualToString:@"HandBrake"])
 234                 {
 235             hbInstances++;
 236                 }
 237         }
 238     return hbInstances;
 239 }
 240
 241 - (void) didDimissReloadQueue: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
 242 {
 243     if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
 244     {
 245         [self clearQueueAllItems];
 246         /* We show whichever open source window specified in LaunchSourceBehavior preference key */
 247         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source"])
 248         {
 249             [self browseSources:nil];
 250         }
 251
 252         if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LaunchSourceBehavior"] isEqualToString: @"Open Source (Title Specific)"])
 253         {
 254             [self browseSources:(id)fOpenSourceTitleMMenu];
 255         }
 256     }
 257     else
 258     {
 259         if ([self hbInstances] == 1)
 260         {
 261             [self setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending];
 262         }
 263         [self showQueueWindow:NULL];
 264     }
 265 }
 266
 267 - (NSApplicationTerminateReply) applicationShouldTerminate: (NSApplication *) app
 268 {
 269     /* if we are in preview full screen mode, we need to go to
 270      * windowed mode and release the display before we terminate.
 271      * We do it here (instead of applicationWillTerminate) so we
 272      * release the displays and can then see the alerts below.
 273      */
 274     if ([fPictureController previewFullScreenMode] == YES)
 275     {
 276         [fPictureController previewGoWindowed:nil];
 277     }
 278
 279     hb_state_t s;
 280     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 281
 282     if ( s.state != HB_STATE_IDLE )
 283     {
 284         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 285                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 286                                              NSLocalizedString(@"If you quit HandBrake your current encode will be reloaded into your queue at next launch. Do you want to quit anyway?", nil),
 287                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil, @"A movie" );
 288
 289         if (result == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
 290         {
 291             return NSTerminateNow;
 292         }
 293         else
 294             return NSTerminateCancel;
 295     }
 296
 297     // Warn if items still in the queue
 298     else if ( fPendingCount > 0 )
 299     {
 300         int result = NSRunCriticalAlertPanel(
 301                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Are you sure you want to quit HandBrake?", nil),
 302                                              NSLocalizedString(@"There are pending encodes in your queue. Do you want to quit anyway?",nil),
 303                                              NSLocalizedString(@"Quit", nil), NSLocalizedString(@"Don't Quit", nil), nil);
 304
 305         if ( result == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
 306             return NSTerminateNow;
 307         else
 308             return NSTerminateCancel;
 309     }
 310
 311     return NSTerminateNow;
 312 }
 313
 314 - (void)applicationWillTerminate:(NSNotification *)aNotification
 315 {
 316
 317     [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
 318     [outputPanel release];
 319         [fQueueController release];
 320     [fPreviewController release];
 321     [fPictureController release];
 322     [fApplicationIcon release];
 323
 324         hb_close(&fHandle);
 325     hb_close(&fQueueEncodeLibhb);
 326 }
 327
 328
 329 - (void) awakeFromNib
 330 {
 331     [fWindow center];
 332     [fWindow setExcludedFromWindowsMenu:YES];
 333     [fAdvancedOptions setView:fAdvancedView];
 334
 335     /* lets setup our presets drawer for drag and drop here */
 336     [fPresetsOutlineView registerForDraggedTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject:DragDropSimplePboardType] ];
 337     [fPresetsOutlineView setDraggingSourceOperationMask:NSDragOperationEvery forLocal:YES];
 338     [fPresetsOutlineView setVerticalMotionCanBeginDrag: YES];
 339
 340     /* Initialize currentScanCount so HB can use it to
 341      evaluate successive scans */
 342         currentScanCount = 0;
 343
 344
 345     /* Init UserPresets .plist */
 346         [self loadPresets];
 347
 348     /* Init QueueFile .plist */
 349     [self loadQueueFile];
 350
 351     fRipIndicatorShown = NO;  // initially out of view in the nib
 352
 353     /* For 64 bit builds, the threaded animation in the progress
 354      * indicators conflicts with the animation in the advanced tab
 355      * for reasons not completely clear. jbrjake found a note in the
 356      * 10.5 dev notes regarding this possiblility. It was also noted
 357      * that unless specified, setUsesThreadedAnimation defaults to true.
 358      * So, at least for now we set the indicator animation to NO for
 359      * both the scan and regular progress indicators for both 32 and 64 bit
 360      * as it test out fine on both and there is no reason our progress indicators
 361      * should require their own thread.
 362      */
 363
 364     [fScanIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 365     [fRipIndicator setUsesThreadedAnimation:NO];
 366
 367
 368
 369         /* Show/Dont Show Presets drawer upon launch based
 370      on user preference DefaultPresetsDrawerShow*/
 371         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultPresetsDrawerShow"] > 0 )
 372         {
 373         [fPresetDrawer setDelegate:self];
 374         NSSize drawerSize = NSSizeFromString( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults]
 375                                                stringForKey:@"Drawer Size"] );
 376         if( drawerSize.width )
 377             [fPresetDrawer setContentSize: drawerSize];
 378                 [fPresetDrawer open];
 379         }
 380
 381     /* Initially set the dvd angle widgets to hidden (dvdnav only) */
 382     [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
 383     [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
 384
 385     /* Destination box*/
 386     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
 387     [fDstFormatPopUp removeAllItems];
 388     // MP4 file
 389     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP4 file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 390     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MP4];
 391         // MKV file
 392     menuItem = [[fDstFormatPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MKV file" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
 393     [menuItem setTag: HB_MUX_MKV];
 394
 395     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 396
 397     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
 398
 399         /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here since we are .mp4 */
 400         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
 401         if ([fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 && [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultChapterMarkers"] > 0)
 402         {
 403                 [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOnState];
 404         }
 405
 406
 407
 408
 409     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 410                                      @"%@/Desktop/Movie.mp4", NSHomeDirectory()]];
 411
 412     /* Video encoder */
 413     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
 414     [fVidEncoderPopUp addItemWithTitle: @"FFmpeg"];
 415
 416
 417
 418     /* Video quality */
 419     [fVidTargetSizeField setIntValue: 700];
 420         [fVidBitrateField    setIntValue: 1000];
 421
 422     [fVidQualityMatrix   selectCell: fVidBitrateCell];
 423     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 424
 425     /* Video framerate */
 426     [fVidRatePopUp removeAllItems];
 427         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"Same as source", @"" )];
 428     for( int i = 0; i < hb_video_rates_count; i++ )
 429     {
 430         if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.3f",23.976]])
 431                 {
 432                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 433                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Film)"]];
 434                 }
 435                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",25]])
 436                 {
 437                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 438                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (PAL Film/Video)"]];
 439                 }
 440                 else if ([[NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string] isEqualToString: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f",29.97]])
 441                 {
 442                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@",
 443                                              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string], @" (NTSC Video)"]];
 444                 }
 445                 else
 446                 {
 447                         [fVidRatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 448              [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_video_rates[i].string]];
 449                 }
 450     }
 451     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
 452
 453         /* Set Auto Crop to On at launch */
 454     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
 455
 456         /* Audio bitrate */
 457     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
 458     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
 459     {
 460         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 461          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]];
 462
 463     }
 464     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_bitrates_default];
 465
 466     /* Audio samplerate */
 467     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
 468     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
 469     {
 470         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp addItemWithTitle:
 471          [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]];
 472     }
 473     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: hb_audio_rates_default];
 474
 475     /* Bottom */
 476     [fStatusField setStringValue: @""];
 477
 478     [self enableUI: NO];
 479         [self setupToolbar];
 480
 481         /* We disable the Turbo 1st pass checkbox since we are not x264 */
 482         [fVidTurboPassCheck setEnabled: NO];
 483         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
 484
 485
 486         /* lets get our default prefs here */
 487         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
 488         /* lets initialize the current successful scancount here to 0 */
 489         currentSuccessfulScanCount = 0;
 490
 491
 492 }
 493
 494 - (void) enableUI: (bool) b
 495 {
 496     NSControl * controls[] =
 497     { fSrcTitleField, fSrcTitlePopUp,
 498         fSrcChapterField, fSrcChapterStartPopUp, fSrcChapterToField,
 499         fSrcChapterEndPopUp, fSrcDuration1Field, fSrcDuration2Field,
 500         fDstFormatField, fDstFormatPopUp, fDstFile1Field, fDstFile2Field,
 501         fDstBrowseButton, fVidRateField, fVidRatePopUp,fVidEncoderField, fVidEncoderPopUp, fVidQualityField,
 502         fPictureSizeField,fPictureCroppingField, fVideoFiltersField,fVidQualityMatrix, fSubField, fSubPopUp,
 503         fAudSourceLabel, fAudCodecLabel, fAudMixdownLabel, fAudSamplerateLabel, fAudBitrateLabel,
 504         fAudTrack1Label, fAudTrack2Label, fAudTrack3Label, fAudTrack4Label,
 505         fAudLang1PopUp, fAudLang2PopUp, fAudLang3PopUp, fAudLang4PopUp,
 506         fAudTrack1CodecPopUp, fAudTrack2CodecPopUp, fAudTrack3CodecPopUp, fAudTrack4CodecPopUp,
 507         fAudTrack1MixPopUp, fAudTrack2MixPopUp, fAudTrack3MixPopUp, fAudTrack4MixPopUp,
 508         fAudTrack1RatePopUp, fAudTrack2RatePopUp, fAudTrack3RatePopUp, fAudTrack4RatePopUp,
 509         fAudTrack1BitratePopUp, fAudTrack2BitratePopUp, fAudTrack3BitratePopUp, fAudTrack4BitratePopUp,
 510         fAudDrcLabel, fAudTrack1DrcSlider, fAudTrack1DrcField, fAudTrack2DrcSlider,
 511         fAudTrack2DrcField, fAudTrack3DrcSlider, fAudTrack3DrcField, fAudTrack4DrcSlider,fAudTrack4DrcField,
 512         fQueueStatus,fPresetsAdd,fPresetsDelete,fSrcAngleLabel,fSrcAnglePopUp,
 513                 fCreateChapterMarkers,fVidTurboPassCheck,fDstMp4LargeFileCheck,fSubForcedCheck,fPresetsOutlineView,
 514     fAudDrcLabel,fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck,fDstMp4iPodFileCheck,fVidQualityRFField,fVidQualityRFLabel};
 515
 516     for( unsigned i = 0;
 517         i < sizeof( controls ) / sizeof( NSControl * ); i++ )
 518     {
 519         if( [[controls[i] className] isEqualToString: @"NSTextField"] )
 520         {
 521             NSTextField * tf = (NSTextField *) controls[i];
 522             if( ![tf isBezeled] )
 523             {
 524                 [tf setTextColor: b ? [NSColor controlTextColor] :
 525                  [NSColor disabledControlTextColor]];
 526                 continue;
 527             }
 528         }
 529         [controls[i] setEnabled: b];
 530
 531     }
 532
 533         if (b) {
 534
 535         /* if we're enabling the interface, check if the audio mixdown controls need to be enabled or not */
 536         /* these will have been enabled by the mass control enablement above anyway, so we're sense-checking it here */
 537         [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
 538         /* we also call calculatePictureSizing here to sense check if we already have vfr selected */
 539         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
 540
 541         } else {
 542
 543                 [fPresetsOutlineView setEnabled: NO];
 544
 545         }
 546
 547     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
 548     [fAdvancedOptions enableUI:b];
 549 }
 550
 551
 552 /***********************************************************************
 553  * UpdateDockIcon
 554  ***********************************************************************
 555  * Shows a progression bar on the dock icon, filled according to
 556  * 'progress' (0.0 <= progress <= 1.0).
 557  * Called with progress < 0.0 or progress > 1.0, restores the original
 558  * icon.
 559  **********************************************************************/
 560 - (void) UpdateDockIcon: (float) progress
 561 {
 562     NSData * tiff;
 563     NSBitmapImageRep * bmp;
 564     uint32_t * pen;
 565     uint32_t black = htonl( 0x000000FF );
 566     uint32_t red   = htonl( 0xFF0000FF );
 567     uint32_t white = htonl( 0xFFFFFFFF );
 568     int row_start, row_end;
 569     int i, j;
 570
 571     if( progress < 0.0 || progress > 1.0 )
 572     {
 573         [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: fApplicationIcon];
 574         return;
 575     }
 576
 577     /* Get it in a raw bitmap form */
 578     tiff = [fApplicationIcon TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 579             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 580     bmp = [NSBitmapImageRep imageRepWithData: tiff];
 581
 582     /* Draw the progression bar */
 583     /* It's pretty simple (ugly?) now, but I'm no designer */
 584
 585     row_start = 3 * (int) [bmp size].height / 4;
 586     row_end   = 7 * (int) [bmp size].height / 8;
 587
 588     for( i = row_start; i < row_start + 2; i++ )
 589     {
 590         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 591         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 592         {
 593             pen[j] = black;
 594         }
 595     }
 596     for( i = row_start + 2; i < row_end - 2; i++ )
 597     {
 598         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 599         pen[0] = black;
 600         pen[1] = black;
 601         for( j = 2; j < (int) [bmp size].width - 2; j++ )
 602         {
 603             if( j < 2 + (int) ( ( [bmp size].width - 4.0 ) * progress ) )
 604             {
 605                 pen[j] = red;
 606             }
 607             else
 608             {
 609                 pen[j] = white;
 610             }
 611         }
 612         pen[j]   = black;
 613         pen[j+1] = black;
 614     }
 615     for( i = row_end - 2; i < row_end; i++ )
 616     {
 617         pen = (uint32_t *) ( [bmp bitmapData] + i * [bmp bytesPerRow] );
 618         for( j = 0; j < (int) [bmp size].width; j++ )
 619         {
 620             pen[j] = black;
 621         }
 622     }
 623
 624     /* Now update the dock icon */
 625     tiff = [bmp TIFFRepresentationUsingCompression:
 626             NSTIFFCompressionNone factor: 1.0];
 627     NSImage* icon = [[NSImage alloc] initWithData: tiff];
 628     [NSApp setApplicationIconImage: icon];
 629     [icon release];
 630 }
 631
 632 - (void) updateUI: (NSTimer *) timer
 633 {
 634
 635     /* Update UI for fHandle (user scanning instance of libhb ) */
 636
 637     hb_list_t  * list;
 638     list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
 639     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 640      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 641      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 642         int checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fHandle );
 643         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 644         {
 645                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 646         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 647         [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 648         [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 649                 [self showNewScan:nil];
 650         }
 651
 652     hb_state_t s;
 653     hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
 654
 655     switch( s.state )
 656     {
 657         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 658             break;
 659 #define p s.param.scanning
 660         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 661                 {
 662             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 663                                             NSLocalizedString( @"Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 664                                             p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 665             [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
 666             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 100.0 * ((double)( p.title_cur - 1 ) / p.title_count)];
 667             break;
 668                 }
 669 #undef p
 670
 671 #define p s.param.scandone
 672         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 673         {
 674             [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 675             [fScanIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 676             [fScanIndicator setHidden: YES];
 677                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fHandle"];
 678             [self showNewScan:nil];
 679             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 680
 681                         break;
 682         }
 683 #undef p
 684
 685 #define p s.param.working
 686         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 687         {
 688
 689             break;
 690         }
 691 #undef p
 692
 693 #define p s.param.muxing
 694         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 695         {
 696
 697             break;
 698         }
 699 #undef p
 700
 701         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 702             break;
 703
 704         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 705         {
 706             break;
 707         }
 708     }
 709
 710
 711     /* Update UI for fQueueEncodeLibhb */
 712     // hb_list_t  * list;
 713     // list = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb ); //fQueueEncodeLibhb
 714     /* check to see if there has been a new scan done
 715      this bypasses the constraints of HB_STATE_WORKING
 716      not allowing setting a newly scanned source */
 717
 718     checkScanCount = hb_get_scancount( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
 719         if( checkScanCount > currentScanCount )
 720         {
 721                 currentScanCount = checkScanCount;
 722         }
 723
 724     //hb_state_t s;
 725     hb_get_state( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
 726
 727     switch( s.state )
 728     {
 729         case HB_STATE_IDLE:
 730             break;
 731 #define p s.param.scanning
 732         case HB_STATE_SCANNING:
 733                 {
 734             [fStatusField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 735                                            NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 736                                            p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 737
 738             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 739             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: [NSString stringWithFormat:
 740                                                      NSLocalizedString( @"Queue Scanning title %d of %d...", @"" ),
 741                                                      p.title_cur, p.title_count]];
 742             break;
 743                 }
 744 #undef p
 745
 746 #define p s.param.scandone
 747         case HB_STATE_SCANDONE:
 748         {
 749                         [self writeToActivityLog:"ScanDone state received from fQueueEncodeLibhb"];
 750             [self processNewQueueEncode];
 751             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 752
 753                         break;
 754         }
 755 #undef p
 756
 757 #define p s.param.working
 758         case HB_STATE_WORKING:
 759         {
 760             NSMutableString * string;
 761             NSString * pass_desc;
 762                         /* Update text field */
 763             if (p.job_cur == 1 && p.job_count > 1)
 764             {
 765                 if ([[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] && [[[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex]objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectAtIndex:0] objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue] == 1)
 766                 {
 767                     pass_desc = @"(subtitle scan)";
 768                 }
 769                 else
 770                 {
 771                     pass_desc = @"";
 772                 }
 773             }
 774             else
 775             {
 776                 pass_desc = @"";
 777             }
 778
 779                         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"Encoding: pass %d %@ of %d, %.2f %%", @"" ), p.job_cur, pass_desc, p.job_count, 100.0 * p.progress];
 780
 781                         if( p.seconds > -1 )
 782             {
 783                 [string appendFormat:
 784                  NSLocalizedString( @" (%.2f fps, avg %.2f fps, ETA %02dh%02dm%02ds)", @"" ),
 785                  p.rate_cur, p.rate_avg, p.hours, p.minutes, p.seconds];
 786             }
 787
 788             [fStatusField setStringValue: string];
 789             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 790             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: string];
 791             /* Update slider */
 792             CGFloat progress_total = ( p.progress + p.job_cur - 1 ) / p.job_count;
 793             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 794             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue:100.0 * progress_total];
 795
 796             // If progress bar hasn't been revealed at the bottom of the window, do
 797             // that now. This code used to be in doRip. I moved it to here to handle
 798             // the case where hb_start is called by HBQueueController and not from
 799             // HBController.
 800             if( !fRipIndicatorShown )
 801             {
 802                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 803                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 804                     frame.size.width = 591;
 805                 frame.size.height += 36;
 806                 frame.origin.y -= 36;
 807                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 808                 fRipIndicatorShown = YES;
 809
 810             }
 811
 812             /* Update dock icon */
 813             if( dockIconProgress < 100.0 * progress_total )
 814             {
 815                 [self UpdateDockIcon: progress_total];
 816                 dockIconProgress += 5;
 817             }
 818
 819             break;
 820         }
 821 #undef p
 822
 823 #define p s.param.muxing
 824         case HB_STATE_MUXING:
 825         {
 826             /* Update text field */
 827             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 828             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 829             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Muxing...", @"" )];
 830             /* Update slider */
 831             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
 832             [fRipIndicator startAnimation: nil];
 833
 834             /* Update dock icon */
 835             [self UpdateDockIcon: 1.0];
 836
 837                         break;
 838         }
 839 #undef p
 840
 841         case HB_STATE_PAUSED:
 842                     [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 843             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Paused", @"" )];
 844
 845                         break;
 846
 847         case HB_STATE_WORKDONE:
 848         {
 849             // HB_STATE_WORKDONE happpens as a result of libhb finishing all its jobs
 850             // or someone calling hb_stop. In the latter case, hb_stop does not clear
 851             // out the remaining passes/jobs in the queue. We'll do that here.
 852
 853             // Delete all remaining jobs of this encode.
 854             [fStatusField setStringValue: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 855             /* Set the status string in fQueueController as well */
 856             [fQueueController setQueueStatusString: NSLocalizedString( @"Encode Finished.", @"" )];
 857             [fRipIndicator setIndeterminate: NO];
 858             [fRipIndicator stopAnimation: nil];
 859             [fRipIndicator setDoubleValue: 0.0];
 860             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
 861
 862             /* Restore dock icon */
 863             [self UpdateDockIcon: -1.0];
 864             dockIconProgress = 0;
 865
 866             if( fRipIndicatorShown )
 867             {
 868                 NSRect frame = [fWindow frame];
 869                 if( frame.size.width <= 591 )
 870                                     frame.size.width = 591;
 871                 frame.size.height += -36;
 872                 frame.origin.y -= -36;
 873                 [fWindow setFrame:frame display:YES animate:YES];
 874                                 fRipIndicatorShown = NO;
 875                         }
 876             /* Since we are done with this encode, tell output to stop writing to the
 877              * individual encode log
 878              */
 879                         [outputPanel endEncodeLog];
 880             /* Check to see if the encode state has not been cancelled
 881              to determine if we should check for encode done notifications */
 882                         if( fEncodeState != 2 )
 883             {
 884                 NSString *pathOfFinishedEncode;
 885                 /* Get the output file name for the finished encode */
 886                 pathOfFinishedEncode = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"];
 887
 888                 /* Both the Growl Alert and Sending to MetaX can be done as encodes roll off the queue */
 889                 /* Growl alert */
 890                 [self showGrowlDoneNotification:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 891                 /* Send to MetaX */
 892                 [self sendToMetaX:pathOfFinishedEncode];
 893
 894                 /* since we have successfully completed an encode, we increment the queue counter */
 895                 [self incrementQueueItemDone:nil];
 896
 897                 /* all end of queue actions below need to be done after all queue encodes have finished
 898                  * and there are no pending jobs left to process
 899                  */
 900                 if (fPendingCount == 0)
 901                 {
 902                     /* If Alert Window or Window and Growl has been selected */
 903                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window"] ||
 904                        [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"] )
 905                     {
 906                         /*On Screen Notification*/
 907                         int status;
 908                         NSBeep();
 909                         status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Put down that cocktail...",@"Your HandBrake queue is done!", @"OK", nil, nil);
 910                         [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
 911                     }
 912
 913                     /* If sleep has been selected */
 914                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"] )
 915                     {
 916                         /* Sleep */
 917                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 918                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 919                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 920                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to sleep"];
 921                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 922                         [scriptObject release];
 923                     }
 924                     /* If Shutdown has been selected */
 925                     if( [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"] )
 926                     {
 927                         /* Shut Down */
 928                         NSDictionary* errorDict;
 929                         NSAppleEventDescriptor* returnDescriptor = nil;
 930                         NSAppleScript* scriptObject = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource:
 931                                                        @"tell application \"Finder\" to shut down"];
 932                         returnDescriptor = [scriptObject executeAndReturnError: &errorDict];
 933                         [scriptObject release];
 934                     }
 935
 936                 }
 937
 938
 939             }
 940
 941             break;
 942         }
 943     }
 944
 945 }
 946
 947 /* We use this to write messages to stderr from the macgui which show up in the activity window and log*/
 948 - (void) writeToActivityLog:(const char *) format, ...
 949 {
 950     va_list args;
 951     va_start(args, format);
 952     if (format != nil)
 953     {
 954         char str[1024];
 955         vsnprintf( str, 1024, format, args );
 956
 957         time_t _now = time( NULL );
 958         struct tm * now  = localtime( &_now );
 959         fprintf(stderr, "[%02d:%02d:%02d] macgui: %s\n", now->tm_hour, now->tm_min, now->tm_sec, str );
 960     }
 961     va_end(args);
 962 }
 963
 964 #pragma mark -
 965 #pragma mark Toolbar
 966 // ============================================================
 967 // NSToolbar Related Methods
 968 // ============================================================
 969
 970 - (void) setupToolbar {
 971     NSToolbar *toolbar = [[[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier: @"HandBrake Toolbar"] autorelease];
 972
 973     [toolbar setAllowsUserCustomization: YES];
 974     [toolbar setAutosavesConfiguration: YES];
 975     [toolbar setDisplayMode: NSToolbarDisplayModeIconAndLabel];
 976
 977     [toolbar setDelegate: self];
 978
 979     [fWindow setToolbar: toolbar];
 980 }
 981
 982 - (NSToolbarItem *) toolbar: (NSToolbar *)toolbar itemForItemIdentifier:
 983     (NSString *) itemIdent willBeInsertedIntoToolbar:(BOOL) willBeInserted {
 984     NSToolbarItem * item = [[[NSToolbarItem alloc] initWithItemIdentifier: itemIdent] autorelease];
 985
 986     if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
 987     {
 988         [item setLabel: @"Toggle Presets"];
 989         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Toggler Presets"];
 990         [item setToolTip: @"Open/Close Preset Drawer"];
 991         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Drawer"]];
 992         [item setTarget: self];
 993         [item setAction: @selector(toggleDrawer:)];
 994         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
 995     }
 996     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
 997     {
 998         [item setLabel: @"Start"];
 999         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1000         [item setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1001         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1002         [item setTarget: self];
1003         [item setAction: @selector(Rip:)];
1004     }
1005     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1006     {
1007         [item setLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1008         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Queue"];
1009         [item setToolTip: @"Show Queue"];
1010         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Queue"]];
1011         [item setTarget: self];
1012         [item setAction: @selector(showQueueWindow:)];
1013         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1014     }
1015     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1016     {
1017         [item setLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1018         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Add to Queue"];
1019         [item setToolTip: @"Add to Queue"];
1020         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"AddToQueue"]];
1021         [item setTarget: self];
1022         [item setAction: @selector(addToQueue:)];
1023     }
1024     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1025     {
1026         [item setLabel: @"Pause"];
1027         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1028         [item setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1029         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1030         [item setTarget: self];
1031         [item setAction: @selector(Pause:)];
1032     }
1033     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1034     {
1035         [item setLabel: @"Picture Settings"];
1036         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1037         [item setToolTip: @"Show Picture Settings"];
1038         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1039         [item setTarget: self];
1040         [item setAction: @selector(showPicturePanel:)];
1041     }
1042     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1043     {
1044         [item setLabel: @"Preview Window"];
1045         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Preview"];
1046         [item setToolTip: @"Show Preview"];
1047         //[item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"pref-picture"]];
1048         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Brushed_Window"]];
1049         [item setTarget: self];
1050         [item setAction: @selector(showPreviewWindow:)];
1051     }
1052     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1053     {
1054         [item setLabel: @"Activity Window"];
1055         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Show Activity Window"];
1056         [item setToolTip: @"Show Activity Window"];
1057         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"ActivityWindow"]];
1058         [item setTarget: self];
1059         [item setAction: @selector(showDebugOutputPanel:)];
1060         [item setAutovalidates: NO];
1061     }
1062     else if ([itemIdent isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1063     {
1064         [item setLabel: @"Source"];
1065         [item setPaletteLabel: @"Source"];
1066         [item setToolTip: @"Choose Video Source"];
1067         [item setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Source"]];
1068         [item setTarget: self];
1069         [item setAction: @selector(browseSources:)];
1070     }
1071     else
1072     {
1073         return nil;
1074     }
1075
1076     return item;
1077 }
1078
1079 - (NSArray *) toolbarDefaultItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1080 {
1081     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects: ChooseSourceIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, StartEncodingIdentifier,
1082         PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1083                 NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier, nil];
1084 }
1085
1086 - (NSArray *) toolbarAllowedItemIdentifiers: (NSToolbar *) toolbar
1087 {
1088     return [NSArray arrayWithObjects:  StartEncodingIdentifier, PauseEncodingIdentifier, AddToQueueIdentifier,
1089         ChooseSourceIdentifier, ShowQueueIdentifier, ShowPictureIdentifier, ShowPreviewIdentifier, ShowActivityIdentifier, ToggleDrawerIdentifier,
1090         NSToolbarCustomizeToolbarItemIdentifier, NSToolbarFlexibleSpaceItemIdentifier,
1091         NSToolbarSpaceItemIdentifier, NSToolbarSeparatorItemIdentifier, nil];
1092 }
1093
1094 - (BOOL) validateToolbarItem: (NSToolbarItem *) toolbarItem
1095 {
1096     NSString * ident = [toolbarItem itemIdentifier];
1097
1098     if (fHandle)
1099     {
1100         hb_state_t s;
1101
1102         hb_get_state( fHandle, &s );
1103         if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING && ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] || [ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier]))
1104             return NO;
1105
1106         hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
1107
1108         if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING)
1109         {
1110             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1111             {
1112                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Stop"]];
1113                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Stop"];
1114                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Stop"];
1115                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Stop Encoding"];
1116                 return YES;
1117             }
1118             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1119             {
1120                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Pause"]];
1121                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Pause"];
1122                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Pause Encoding"];
1123                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Pause Encoding"];
1124                 return YES;
1125             }
1126             if (SuccessfulScan)
1127             {
1128                 if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1129                     return YES;
1130                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1131                     return YES;
1132                 if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1133                     return YES;
1134             }
1135         }
1136         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1137         {
1138             if ([ident isEqualToString: PauseEncodingIdentifier])
1139             {
1140                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1141                 [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Resume"];
1142                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Resume Encoding"];
1143                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Resume Encoding"];
1144                 return YES;
1145             }
1146             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1147                 return YES;
1148             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1149                 return YES;
1150             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1151                 return YES;
1152             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1153                 return YES;
1154         }
1155         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1156             return NO;
1157         else if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKDONE || s.state == HB_STATE_SCANDONE || SuccessfulScan)
1158         {
1159             if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier])
1160             {
1161                 [toolbarItem setImage: [NSImage imageNamed: @"Play"]];
1162                 if (hb_count(fHandle) > 0)
1163                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start Queue"];
1164                 else
1165                     [toolbarItem setLabel: @"Start"];
1166                 [toolbarItem setPaletteLabel: @"Start Encoding"];
1167                 [toolbarItem setToolTip: @"Start Encoding"];
1168                 return YES;
1169             }
1170             if ([ident isEqualToString: AddToQueueIdentifier])
1171                 return YES;
1172             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPictureIdentifier])
1173                 return YES;
1174             if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowPreviewIdentifier])
1175                 return YES;
1176         }
1177
1178     }
1179     /* If there are any pending queue items, make sure the start/stop button is active */
1180     if ([ident isEqualToString: StartEncodingIdentifier] && fPendingCount > 0)
1181         return YES;
1182     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowQueueIdentifier])
1183         return YES;
1184     if ([ident isEqualToString: ToggleDrawerIdentifier])
1185         return YES;
1186     if ([ident isEqualToString: ChooseSourceIdentifier])
1187         return YES;
1188     if ([ident isEqualToString: ShowActivityIdentifier])
1189         return YES;
1190
1191     return NO;
1192 }
1193
1194 - (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
1195 {
1196     SEL action = [menuItem action];
1197
1198     hb_state_t s;
1199     hb_get_state2( fHandle, &s );
1200
1201     if (fHandle)
1202     {
1203         if (action == @selector(addToQueue:) || action == @selector(showPicturePanel:) || action == @selector(showAddPresetPanel:))
1204             return SuccessfulScan && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1205
1206         if (action == @selector(browseSources:))
1207         {
1208             if (s.state == HB_STATE_SCANNING)
1209                 return NO;
1210             else
1211                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1212         }
1213         if (action == @selector(selectDefaultPreset:))
1214             return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1215         if (action == @selector(Pause:))
1216         {
1217             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING)
1218             {
1219                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Pause Encoding"])
1220                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Pause Encoding"];
1221                 return YES;
1222             }
1223             else if (s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1224             {
1225                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Resume Encoding"])
1226                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Resume Encoding"];
1227                 return YES;
1228             }
1229             else
1230                 return NO;
1231         }
1232         if (action == @selector(Rip:))
1233         {
1234             if (s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_MUXING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
1235             {
1236                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Stop Encoding"])
1237                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Stop Encoding"];
1238                 return YES;
1239             }
1240             else if (SuccessfulScan)
1241             {
1242                 if(![[menuItem title] isEqualToString:@"Start Encoding"])
1243                     [menuItem setTitle:@"Start Encoding"];
1244                 return [fWindow attachedSheet] == nil;
1245             }
1246             else
1247                 return NO;
1248         }
1249     }
1250     if( action == @selector(setDefaultPreset:) )
1251     {
1252         return [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] != -1;
1253     }
1254
1255     return YES;
1256 }
1257
1258 #pragma mark -
1259 #pragma mark Encode Done Actions
1260 // register a test notification and make
1261 // it enabled by default
1262 #define SERVICE_NAME @"Encode Done"
1263 - (NSDictionary *)registrationDictionaryForGrowl
1264 {
1265     NSDictionary *registrationDictionary = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
1266     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_ALL,
1267     [NSArray arrayWithObjects:SERVICE_NAME,nil], GROWL_NOTIFICATIONS_DEFAULT,
1268     nil];
1269
1270     return registrationDictionary;
1271 }
1272
1273 -(void)showGrowlDoneNotification:(NSString *) filePath
1274 {
1275     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1276     NSString * finishedEncode = filePath;
1277     /* strip off the path to just show the file name */
1278     finishedEncode = [finishedEncode lastPathComponent];
1279     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Growl Notification"] ||
1280         [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Alert Window And Growl"])
1281     {
1282         NSString * growlMssg = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"your HandBrake encode %@ is done!",finishedEncode];
1283         [GrowlApplicationBridge
1284          notifyWithTitle:@"Put down that cocktail..."
1285          description:growlMssg
1286          notificationName:SERVICE_NAME
1287          iconData:nil
1288          priority:0
1289          isSticky:1
1290          clickContext:nil];
1291     }
1292
1293 }
1294 -(void)sendToMetaX:(NSString *) filePath
1295 {
1296     /* This end of encode action is called as each encode rolls off of the queue */
1297     if([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"sendToMetaX"] == YES)
1298     {
1299         NSAppleScript *myScript = [[NSAppleScript alloc] initWithSource: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@%@%@", @"tell application \"MetaX\" to open (POSIX file \"", filePath, @"\")"]];
1300         [myScript executeAndReturnError: nil];
1301         [myScript release];
1302     }
1303 }
1304 #pragma mark -
1305 #pragma mark Get New Source
1306
1307 /*Opens the source browse window, called from Open Source widgets */
1308 - (IBAction) browseSources: (id) sender
1309 {
1310     NSOpenPanel * panel;
1311
1312     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
1313     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
1314     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
1315     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: YES ];
1316     NSString * sourceDirectory;
1317         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"])
1318         {
1319                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1320         }
1321         else
1322         {
1323                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
1324                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
1325         }
1326     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
1327         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
1328         */
1329     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: nil
1330                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1331                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseSourcesDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1332                       contextInfo: sender];
1333 }
1334
1335 - (void) browseSourcesDone: (NSOpenPanel *) sheet
1336                 returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1337 {
1338     /* we convert the sender content of contextInfo back into a variable called sender
1339      * mostly just for consistency for evaluation later
1340      */
1341     id sender = (id)contextInfo;
1342     /* User selected a file to open */
1343         if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1344     {
1345             /* Free display name allocated previously by this code */
1346         [browsedSourceDisplayName release];
1347
1348         NSString *scanPath = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1349         /* we set the last searched source directory in the prefs here */
1350         NSString *sourceDirectory = [scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1351         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:sourceDirectory forKey:@"LastSourceDirectory"];
1352         /* we order out sheet, which is the browse window as we need to open
1353          * the title selection sheet right away
1354          */
1355         [sheet orderOut: self];
1356
1357         if (sender == fOpenSourceTitleMMenu || [[NSApp currentEvent] modifierFlags] & NSAlternateKeyMask)
1358         {
1359             /* We put the chosen source path in the source display text field for the
1360              * source title selection sheet in which the user specifies the specific title to be
1361              * scanned  as well as the short source name in fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan just for display
1362              * purposes in the title panel
1363              */
1364             /* Full Path */
1365             [fScanSrcTitlePathField setStringValue:scanPath];
1366             NSString *displayTitlescanSourceName;
1367
1368             if ([[scanPath lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1369             {
1370                 /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name
1371                  we have to use the title->dvd value so we get the proper name of the volume if a physical dvd is the source*/
1372                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [[scanPath stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent];
1373             }
1374             else
1375             {
1376                 /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1377                 displayTitlescanSourceName = [scanPath lastPathComponent];
1378             }
1379             /* we set the source display name in the title selection dialogue */
1380             [fSrcDsplyNameTitleScan setStringValue:displayTitlescanSourceName];
1381             /* we set the attempted scans display name for main window to displayTitlescanSourceName*/
1382             browsedSourceDisplayName = [displayTitlescanSourceName retain];
1383             /* We show the actual sheet where the user specifies the title to be scanned
1384              * as we are going to do a title specific scan
1385              */
1386             [self showSourceTitleScanPanel:nil];
1387         }
1388         else
1389         {
1390             /* We are just doing a standard full source scan, so we specify "0" to libhb */
1391             NSString *path = [[sheet filenames] objectAtIndex: 0];
1392
1393             /* We check to see if the chosen file at path is a package */
1394             if ([[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] isFilePackageAtPath:path])
1395             {
1396                 [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a package at: %s", [path UTF8String]];
1397                 /* We check to see if this is an .eyetv package */
1398                 if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"eyetv"])
1399                 {
1400                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open eyetv package"];
1401                     /* We're looking at an EyeTV package - try to open its enclosed
1402                      .mpg media file */
1403                      browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1404                     NSString *mpgname;
1405                     int n = [[path stringByAppendingString: @"/"]
1406                              completePathIntoString: &mpgname caseSensitive: YES
1407                              matchesIntoArray: nil
1408                              filterTypes: [NSArray arrayWithObject: @"mpg"]];
1409                     if (n > 0)
1410                     {
1411                         /* Found an mpeg inside the eyetv package, make it our scan path
1412                         and call performScan on the enclosed mpeg */
1413                         path = mpgname;
1414                         [self writeToActivityLog:"found mpeg in eyetv package"];
1415                         [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1416                     }
1417                     else
1418                     {
1419                         /* We did not find an mpeg file in our package, so we do not call performScan */
1420                         [self writeToActivityLog:"no valid mpeg in eyetv package"];
1421                     }
1422                 }
1423                 /* We check to see if this is a .dvdmedia package */
1424                 else if ([[path pathExtension] isEqualToString: @"dvdmedia"])
1425                 {
1426                     /* path IS a package - but dvdmedia packages can be treaded like normal directories */
1427                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingPathExtension] lastPathComponent] retain];
1428                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open dvdmedia package"];
1429                     [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1430                 }
1431                 else
1432                 {
1433                     /* The package is not an eyetv package, so we do not call performScan */
1434                     [self writeToActivityLog:"unable to open package"];
1435                 }
1436             }
1437             else // path is not a package, so we treat it as a dvd parent folder or VIDEO_TS folder
1438             {
1439                 /* path is not a package, so we call perform scan directly on our file */
1440                 if ([[path lastPathComponent] isEqualToString: @"VIDEO_TS"])
1441                 {
1442                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (video_ts folder chosen)"];
1443                     /* If VIDEO_TS Folder is chosen, choose its parent folder for the source display name*/
1444                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[[path stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] lastPathComponent] retain];
1445                 }
1446                 else
1447                 {
1448                     [self writeToActivityLog:"trying to open video_ts folder (parent directory chosen)"];
1449                     /* if not the VIDEO_TS Folder, we can assume the chosen folder is the source name */
1450                     /* make sure we remove any path extension as this can also be an '.mpg' file */
1451                     browsedSourceDisplayName = [[path lastPathComponent] retain];
1452                 }
1453                 [self performScan:path scanTitleNum:0];
1454             }
1455
1456         }
1457
1458     }
1459 }
1460
1461 - (IBAction)showAboutPanel:(id)sender
1462 {
1463     NSMutableDictionary* d = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] initWithObjectsAndKeys:
1464         fApplicationIcon, @"ApplicationIcon",
1465         nil ];
1466     [NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:d];
1467     [d release];
1468 }
1469
1470 /* Here we open the title selection sheet where we can specify an exact title to be scanned */
1471 - (IBAction) showSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1472 {
1473     /* We default the title number to be scanned to "0" which results in a full source scan, unless the
1474     * user changes it
1475     */
1476     [fScanSrcTitleNumField setStringValue: @"0"];
1477         /* Show the panel */
1478         [NSApp beginSheet:fScanSrcTitlePanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
1479 }
1480
1481 - (IBAction) closeSourceTitleScanPanel: (id) sender
1482 {
1483     [NSApp endSheet: fScanSrcTitlePanel];
1484     [fScanSrcTitlePanel orderOut: self];
1485
1486     if(sender == fScanSrcTitleOpenButton)
1487     {
1488         /* We setup the scan status in the main window to indicate a source title scan */
1489         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"Opening a new source title ..."];
1490                 [fScanIndicator setHidden: NO];
1491         [fScanIndicator setIndeterminate: YES];
1492         [fScanIndicator startAnimation: nil];
1493
1494         /* We use the performScan method to actually perform the specified scan passing the path and the title
1495             * to be scanned
1496             */
1497         [self performScan:[fScanSrcTitlePathField stringValue] scanTitleNum:[fScanSrcTitleNumField intValue]];
1498     }
1499 }
1500
1501 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
1502 - (void) performScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
1503 {
1504     /* set the bool applyQueueToScan so that we dont apply a queue setting to the final scan */
1505     applyQueueToScan = NO;
1506     /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
1507     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1508     NSString *path = scanPath;
1509     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
1510
1511     // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1512     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1513     [fChapterTable reloadData];
1514
1515     // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1516     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1517     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1518
1519     [self enableUI: NO];
1520
1521     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
1522     {
1523         int hb_arch;
1524 #if defined( __LP64__ )
1525         /* we are 64 bit */
1526         hb_arch = 64;
1527 #else
1528         /* we are 32 bit */
1529         hb_arch = 32;
1530 #endif
1531
1532
1533         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
1534         // device path instead.
1535         path = [detector devicePath];
1536         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
1537
1538         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
1539         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app/Contents/MacOS/lib/libdvdcss.2.dylib";
1540         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1541             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
1542             {
1543             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
1544             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1545             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1546             int status;
1547             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC or your VLC is out of date.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
1548             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1549
1550             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1551             {
1552                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1553                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1554             }
1555             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
1556             {
1557                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1558                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
1559             }
1560             else
1561             {
1562                 /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
1563                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1564                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
1565             }
1566
1567         }
1568         else
1569         {
1570             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
1571             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1572         }
1573         /* test for architecture of the vlc app */
1574         NSArray *vlc_architecturesArray = [[NSBundle bundleWithPath:@"/Applications/VLC.app"] executableArchitectures];
1575         BOOL vlcIntel32bit = NO;
1576         BOOL vlcIntel64bit = NO;
1577         BOOL vlcPPC32bit = NO;
1578         BOOL vlcPPC64bit = NO;
1579         /* check the available architectures for vlc and note accordingly */
1580         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [vlc_architecturesArray objectEnumerator];
1581         id tempObject;
1582         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1583         {
1584
1585             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureI386)
1586             {
1587                 vlcIntel32bit = YES;
1588             }
1589             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitectureX86_64)
1590             {
1591                 vlcIntel64bit = YES;
1592             }
1593             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC)
1594             {
1595                 vlcPPC32bit = YES;
1596             }
1597             if ([tempObject intValue] == NSBundleExecutableArchitecturePPC64)
1598             {
1599                 vlcPPC64bit = YES;
1600             }
1601
1602         }
1603         /* Write vlc architecture findings to activity window */
1604         if (vlcIntel32bit)
1605         {
1606             [self writeToActivityLog: " 32-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1607         }
1608         if (vlcIntel64bit)
1609         {
1610             [self writeToActivityLog: " 64-Bit VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
1611         }
1612
1613
1614
1615         if (hb_arch == 64 && !vlcIntel64bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1616         {
1617
1618             /* we are 64 bit */
1619
1620             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1621             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1622             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, 64 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1623             /*On Screen Notification*/
1624             int status;
1625             NSBeep();
1626             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 64 bit, VLC found but not 64 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 64 bit VLC", nil);
1627             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1628
1629             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1630             {
1631                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1632                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 64 bit, scan cancelled"];
1633                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1634             }
1635             else if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1636             {
1637                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 64-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1638                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1639             }
1640             else
1641             {
1642                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1643                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1644             }
1645
1646         }
1647         else if (hb_arch == 32 && !vlcIntel32bit && cancelScanDecrypt != 1)
1648         {
1649             /* we are 32 bit */
1650             /* Appropriate VLC not found, so cancel */
1651             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1652             [self writeToActivityLog: "This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, 32 bit version of vlc not found, scan cancelled"];
1653             /*On Screen Notification*/
1654             int status;
1655             NSBeep();
1656             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"This version of HandBrake is 32 bit, VLC found but not 32 bit!",@"", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway", @"Get 32 bit VLC", nil);
1657             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
1658
1659             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1660             {
1661                 /* User chose to cancel the scan */
1662                 [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd VLC found but not 32 bit, scan cancelled"];
1663                 cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
1664             }
1665             else if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
1666             {
1667                 [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode 32-bit warning trying to open physical dvd without proper decryption"];
1668                 cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
1669             }
1670             else
1671             {
1672                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
1673                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/download-macosx.html"]];
1674             }
1675
1676         }
1677     }
1678
1679     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
1680     {
1681         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
1682         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
1683          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
1684          */
1685         if (!scanTitleNum)
1686         {
1687             scanTitleNum = 0;
1688         }
1689         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
1690         {
1691             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
1692         }
1693         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
1694         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
1695         /* set title to NULL */
1696         //fTitle = NULL;
1697         hb_scan( fHandle, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 1 );
1698         [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:@"Scanning new source ..."];
1699     }
1700 }
1701
1702 - (IBAction) showNewScan:(id)sender
1703 {
1704     hb_list_t  * list;
1705         hb_title_t * title;
1706         int indxpri=0;    // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1707         int longuestpri=0; // Used to search the longuest title (default in combobox)
1708
1709
1710         list = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
1711
1712         if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
1713         {
1714             /* We display a message if a valid dvd source was not chosen */
1715             [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue: @"No Valid Source Found"];
1716             SuccessfulScan = NO;
1717
1718             // Notify ChapterTitles that there's no title
1719             [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1720             [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
1721
1722             // Notify Subtitles that there's no title
1723             [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:nil];
1724             [fChapterTable reloadData];
1725         }
1726         else
1727         {
1728             /* We increment the successful scancount here by one,
1729              which we use at the end of this function to tell the gui
1730              if this is the first successful scan since launch and whether
1731              or not we should set all settings to the defaults */
1732
1733             currentSuccessfulScanCount++;
1734
1735             [[fWindow toolbar] validateVisibleItems];
1736
1737             [fSrcTitlePopUp removeAllItems];
1738             for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( list ); i++ )
1739             {
1740                 title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list, i );
1741
1742                 currentSource = [NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->name];
1743                 /*Set DVD Name at top of window with the browsedSourceDisplayName grokked right before -performScan */
1744                 [fSrcDVD2Field setStringValue:browsedSourceDisplayName];
1745
1746                 /* Use the dvd name in the default output field here
1747                  May want to add code to remove blank spaces for some dvd names*/
1748                 /* Check to see if the last destination has been set,use if so, if not, use Desktop */
1749                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"])
1750                 {
1751                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1752                                                      @"%@/%@.mp4", [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"],[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1753                 }
1754                 else
1755                 {
1756                     [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
1757                                                      @"%@/Desktop/%@.mp4", NSHomeDirectory(),[browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension]]];
1758                 }
1759
1760
1761                 if (longuestpri < title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds)
1762                 {
1763                     longuestpri=title->hours*60*60 + title->minutes *60 + title->seconds;
1764                     indxpri=i;
1765                 }
1766
1767                 [fSrcTitlePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
1768                                                    stringWithFormat: @"%d - %02dh%02dm%02ds",
1769                                                    title->index, title->hours, title->minutes,
1770                                                    title->seconds]];
1771             }
1772
1773             // Select the longuest title
1774             [fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: indxpri];
1775             [self titlePopUpChanged:nil];
1776
1777             SuccessfulScan = YES;
1778             [self enableUI: YES];
1779
1780             /* if its the initial successful scan after awakeFromNib */
1781             if (currentSuccessfulScanCount == 1)
1782             {
1783                 [self selectDefaultPreset:nil];
1784
1785                 // Open preview window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1786                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PreviewWindowIsOpen"])
1787                     [self showPreviewWindow:nil];
1788
1789                 // Open picture sizing window now if it was visible when HB was closed
1790                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"PictureSizeWindowIsOpen"])
1791                     [self showPicturePanel:nil];
1792
1793             }
1794
1795
1796         }
1797
1798 }
1799
1800
1801 #pragma mark -
1802 #pragma mark New Output Destination
1803
1804 - (IBAction) browseFile: (id) sender
1805 {
1806     /* Open a panel to let the user choose and update the text field */
1807     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
1808         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
1809         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent] file: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] lastPathComponent]
1810                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
1811                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
1812                                           contextInfo: NULL];
1813 }
1814
1815 - (void) browseFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
1816              returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
1817 {
1818     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
1819     {
1820         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [sheet filename]];
1821         /* Save this path to the prefs so that on next browse destination window it opens there */
1822         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
1823         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
1824     }
1825 }
1826
1827
1828 #pragma mark -
1829 #pragma mark Main Window Control
1830
1831 - (IBAction) openMainWindow: (id) sender
1832 {
1833     [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1834 }
1835
1836 - (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (id) sender
1837 {
1838     return YES;
1839 }
1840
1841 - (BOOL)applicationShouldHandleReopen:(NSApplication *)theApplication hasVisibleWindows:(BOOL)flag
1842 {
1843     if( !flag ) {
1844         [fWindow  makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
1845
1846         return YES;
1847     }
1848
1849     return NO;
1850 }
1851
1852 - (NSSize) drawerWillResizeContents:(NSDrawer *) drawer toSize:(NSSize) contentSize {
1853         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:NSStringFromSize( contentSize ) forKey:@"Drawer Size"];
1854         return contentSize;
1855 }
1856
1857 #pragma mark -
1858 #pragma mark Queue File
1859
1860 - (void) loadQueueFile {
1861         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
1862         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
1863         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
1864     QueueFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/Queue.plist";
1865         QueueFile = [[QueueFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
1866     /* We check for the presets.plist */
1867         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:QueueFile] == 0)
1868         {
1869                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:QueueFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
1870         }
1871
1872         QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:QueueFile];
1873         /* lets check to see if there is anything in the queue file .plist */
1874     if (nil == QueueFileArray)
1875         {
1876         /* if not, then lets initialize an empty array */
1877                 QueueFileArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
1878
1879      /* Initialize our curQueueEncodeIndex to 0
1880      * so we can use it to track which queue
1881      * item is to be used to track our encodes */
1882      /* NOTE: this should be changed if and when we
1883       * are able to get the last unfinished encode
1884       * in the case of a crash or shutdown */
1885
1886         }
1887     else
1888     {
1889     [self clearQueueEncodedItems];
1890     }
1891     currentQueueEncodeIndex = 0;
1892 }
1893
1894 - (void)addQueueFileItem
1895 {
1896         [QueueFileArray addObject:[self createQueueFileItem]];
1897         [self saveQueueFileItem];
1898
1899 }
1900
1901 - (void) removeQueueFileItem:(int) queueItemToRemove
1902 {
1903
1904    /* Find out if the item we are removing is a cancelled (3) or a finished (0) item*/
1905    if ([[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3 || [[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove] objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0)
1906     {
1907     /* Since we are removing a cancelled or finished item, WE need to decrement the currentQueueEncodeIndex
1908      * by one to keep in sync with the queue array
1909      */
1910     currentQueueEncodeIndex--;
1911     [self writeToActivityLog: "removeQueueFileItem: Removing a cancelled/finished encode, decrement currentQueueEncodeIndex to %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
1912     }
1913     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:queueItemToRemove];
1914     [self saveQueueFileItem];
1915
1916 }
1917
1918 - (void)saveQueueFileItem
1919 {
1920     [QueueFileArray writeToFile:QueueFile atomically:YES];
1921     [fQueueController setQueueArray: QueueFileArray];
1922     [self getQueueStats];
1923 }
1924
1925 - (void)getQueueStats
1926 {
1927 /* lets get the stats on the status of the queue array */
1928
1929 fEncodingQueueItem = 0;
1930 fPendingCount = 0;
1931 fCompletedCount = 0;
1932 fCanceledCount = 0;
1933 fWorkingCount = 0;
1934
1935     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
1936      * in controller.mm
1937      * 0 == already encoded
1938      * 1 == is being encoded
1939      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
1940      * 3 == cancelled
1941      */
1942
1943         int i = 0;
1944     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1945         id tempObject;
1946         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
1947         {
1948                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
1949                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0) // Completed
1950                 {
1951                         fCompletedCount++;
1952                 }
1953                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1) // being encoded
1954                 {
1955                         fWorkingCount++;
1956             fEncodingQueueItem = i;
1957                 }
1958         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 2) // pending
1959         {
1960                         fPendingCount++;
1961                 }
1962         if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3) // cancelled
1963         {
1964                         fCanceledCount++;
1965                 }
1966                 i++;
1967         }
1968
1969     /* Set the queue status field in the main window */
1970     NSMutableString * string;
1971     if (fPendingCount == 1)
1972     {
1973         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1974     }
1975     else
1976     {
1977         string = [NSMutableString stringWithFormat: NSLocalizedString( @"%d encode(s) pending in the queue", @"" ), fPendingCount];
1978     }
1979     [fQueueStatus setStringValue:string];
1980 }
1981
1982 /* This method will set any item marked as encoding back to pending
1983  * currently used right after a queue reload
1984  */
1985 - (void) setQueueEncodingItemsAsPending
1986 {
1987     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
1988         id tempObject;
1989     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
1990     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
1991     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
1992     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
1993     {
1994         /* If the queue item is marked as "encoding" (1)
1995          * then change its status back to pending (2) which effectively
1996          * puts it back into the queue to be encoded
1997          */
1998         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 1)
1999         {
2000             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt: 2] forKey:@"Status"];
2001         }
2002         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2003     }
2004
2005     [QueueFileArray setArray:tempArray];
2006     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2007 }
2008
2009
2010 /* This method will clear the queue of any encodes that are not still pending
2011  * this includes both successfully completed encodes as well as cancelled encodes */
2012 - (void) clearQueueEncodedItems
2013 {
2014     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2015         id tempObject;
2016     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2017     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2018     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2019     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2020     {
2021         /* If the queue item is either completed (0) or cancelled (3) from the
2022          * last session, then we put it in tempArray to be deleted from QueueFileArray.
2023          * NOTE: this means we retain pending (2) and also an item that is marked as
2024          * still encoding (1). If the queue has an item that is still marked as encoding
2025          * from a previous session, we can conlude that HB was either shutdown, or crashed
2026          * during the encodes so we keep it and tell the user in the "Load Queue Alert"
2027          */
2028         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 0 || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"Status"] intValue] == 3)
2029         {
2030             [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2031         }
2032     }
2033
2034     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2035     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2036 }
2037
2038 /* This method will clear the queue of all encodes. effectively creating an empty queue */
2039 - (void) clearQueueAllItems
2040 {
2041     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
2042         id tempObject;
2043     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
2044     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
2045     /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
2046     while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
2047     {
2048         [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
2049     }
2050
2051     [QueueFileArray removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
2052     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2053 }
2054
2055 /* This method will duplicate prepareJob however into the
2056  * queue .plist instead of into the job structure so it can
2057  * be recalled later */
2058 - (NSDictionary *)createQueueFileItem
2059 {
2060     NSMutableDictionary *queueFileJob = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
2061
2062        hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2063     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2064             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2065     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2066
2067
2068
2069     /* We use a number system to set the encode status of the queue item
2070      * 0 == already encoded
2071      * 1 == is being encoded
2072      * 2 == is yet to be encoded
2073      * 3 == cancelled
2074      */
2075     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Status"];
2076     /* Source and Destination Information */
2077
2078     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithUTF8String: title->dvd] forKey:@"SourcePath"];
2079     [queueFileJob setObject:[fSrcDVD2Field stringValue] forKey:@"SourceName"];
2080     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->index] forKey:@"TitleNumber"];
2081     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"TitleAngle"];
2082     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterStart"];
2083
2084     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"ChapterEnd"];
2085
2086     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFile2Field stringValue] forKey:@"DestinationPath"];
2087
2088     /* Lets get the preset info if there is any */
2089     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2090     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2091
2092     [queueFileJob setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
2093     /* Chapter Markers*/
2094     /* If we have only one chapter or a title without chapters, set chapter markers to off */
2095     if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
2096     {
2097         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2098     }
2099     else
2100     {
2101         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
2102     }
2103
2104     /* We need to get the list of chapter names to put into an array and store
2105      * in our queue, so they can be reapplied in prepareJob when this queue
2106      * item comes up if Chapter Markers is set to on.
2107      */
2108      int i;
2109      NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2110      int chaptercount = hb_list_count( fTitle->list_chapter );
2111      for( i = 0; i < chaptercount; i++ )
2112     {
2113         hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( fTitle->list_chapter, i );
2114         if( chapter != NULL )
2115         {
2116           [ChapterNamesArray addObject:[NSString stringWithCString:chapter->title encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]];
2117         }
2118     }
2119     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: ChapterNamesArray] forKey:@"ChapterNames"];
2120     [ChapterNamesArray autorelease];
2121
2122     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2123         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
2124     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2125     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
2126     /* Add iPod uuid atom */
2127     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
2128
2129     /* Codecs */
2130         /* Video encoder */
2131         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
2132         /* x264 Option String */
2133         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
2134
2135         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
2136         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
2137         [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
2138         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
2139     /* Framerate */
2140     [queueFileJob setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
2141
2142         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2143         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
2144         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
2145         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
2146
2147         /* Picture Sizing */
2148         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2149         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2150         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2151         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2152         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2153         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2154     /* if we are custom anamorphic, store the exact storage, par and display dims */
2155     if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode == 3)
2156     {
2157         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.modulus] forKey:@"PicturePARModulus"];
2158
2159         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"];
2160         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"];
2161
2162         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_width] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"];
2163         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.par_height] forKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"];
2164
2165         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_width] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"];
2166         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:fTitle->job->anamorphic.dar_height] forKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"];
2167
2168     }
2169     NSString * pictureSummary;
2170     pictureSummary = [fPictureSizeField stringValue];
2171     [queueFileJob setObject:pictureSummary forKey:@"PictureSizingSummary"];
2172     /* Set crop settings here */
2173         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2174     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2175     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2176         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2177         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2178
2179     /* Picture Filters */
2180     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
2181     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
2182
2183     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
2184     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
2185     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
2186
2187     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
2188     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
2189
2190     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
2191     [queueFileJob setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
2192
2193     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d",[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
2194
2195     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
2196
2197     /*Audio*/
2198     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2199     {
2200         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio1Track"];
2201         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDescription"];
2202         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Encoder"];
2203         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"];
2204         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"];
2205         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"];
2206         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"];
2207     }
2208     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2209     {
2210         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio2Track"];
2211         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDescription"];
2212         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Encoder"];
2213         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"];
2214         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"];
2215         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"];
2216         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"];
2217     }
2218     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2219     {
2220         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio3Track"];
2221         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDescription"];
2222         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Encoder"];
2223         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"];
2224         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"];
2225         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"];
2226         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"];
2227     }
2228     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2229     {
2230         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"Audio4Track"];
2231         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDescription"];
2232         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Encoder"];
2233         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"];
2234         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"];
2235         [queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"];
2236         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"];
2237     }
2238
2239         /* Subtitles*/
2240     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
2241     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSArray arrayWithArray: [fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray: subtitlesArray]] forKey:@"SubtitleList"];
2242     [subtitlesArray autorelease];
2243
2244     /* Now we go ahead and set the "job->values in the plist for passing right to fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2245
2246     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterStart"];
2247
2248     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1] forKey:@"JobChapterEnd"];
2249
2250
2251     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"];
2252
2253     /* Codecs */
2254         /* Video encoder */
2255         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"];
2256
2257     /* Framerate */
2258     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"];
2259     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate] forKey:@"JobVrate"];
2260     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:title->rate_base] forKey:@"JobVrateBase"];
2261
2262     /* Picture Sizing */
2263         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
2264         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
2265         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
2266         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
2267         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
2268         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
2269
2270     /* Set crop settings here */
2271         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
2272     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
2273     [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
2274         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
2275         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
2276
2277
2278     /*Audio*/
2279     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2280     {
2281         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2282         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"];
2283         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"];
2284         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"];
2285         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"];
2286      }
2287     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2288     {
2289         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2290         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"];
2291         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"];
2292         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"];
2293         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"];
2294     }
2295     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2296     {
2297         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2298         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"];
2299         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"];
2300         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"];
2301         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"];
2302     }
2303     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
2304     {
2305         //[queueFileJob setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2306         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"];
2307         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"];
2308         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"];
2309         [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag]] forKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"];
2310     }
2311
2312
2313     /* we need to auto relase the queueFileJob and return it */
2314     [queueFileJob autorelease];
2315     return queueFileJob;
2316
2317 }
2318
2319 /* this is actually called from the queue controller to modify the queue array and return it back to the queue controller */
2320 - (void)moveObjectsInQueueArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
2321 {
2322     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
2323     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
2324
2325
2326     NSUInteger removeIndex;
2327
2328     if (index >= insertIndex)
2329     {
2330         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
2331         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
2332     }
2333     else
2334     {
2335         removeIndex = index;
2336         insertIndex--;
2337     }
2338
2339     id object = [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
2340     [QueueFileArray removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
2341     [QueueFileArray insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
2342     [object release];
2343
2344     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
2345
2346    /* We save all of the Queue data here
2347     * and it also gets sent back to the queue controller*/
2348     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2349
2350 }
2351
2352
2353 #pragma mark -
2354 #pragma mark Queue Job Processing
2355
2356 - (void) incrementQueueItemDone:(int) queueItemDoneIndexNum
2357 {
2358     int i = currentQueueEncodeIndex;
2359     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Status"];
2360
2361     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
2362     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2363         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
2364     //[fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
2365
2366     /* Since we have now marked a queue item as done
2367      * we can go ahead and increment currentQueueEncodeIndex
2368      * so that if there is anything left in the queue we can
2369      * go ahead and move to the next item if we want to */
2370     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
2371     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2372     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
2373     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
2374     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
2375     {
2376     [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2377     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
2378     }
2379     else
2380     {
2381         [self writeToActivityLog: "incrementQueueItemDone the %d item queue is complete", currentQueueEncodeIndex - 1];
2382     }
2383 }
2384
2385 /* Here we actually tell hb_scan to perform the source scan, using the path to source and title number*/
2386 - (void) performNewQueueScan:(NSString *) scanPath scanTitleNum: (int) scanTitleNum
2387 {
2388    /* Tell HB to output a new activity log file for this encode */
2389     [outputPanel startEncodeLog:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"]];
2390
2391
2392      /* use a bool to determine whether or not we can decrypt using vlc */
2393     BOOL cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2394     /* set the bool so that showNewScan knows to apply the appropriate queue
2395     * settings as this is a queue rescan
2396     */
2397     applyQueueToScan = YES;
2398     NSString *path = scanPath;
2399     HBDVDDetector *detector = [HBDVDDetector detectorForPath:path];
2400
2401         /*On Screen Notification*/
2402         //int status;
2403         //status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake is now loading up a new queue item...",@"Would You Like to wait until you add another encode?", @"Cancel", @"Okay", nil);
2404         //[NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2405
2406     if( [detector isVideoDVD] )
2407     {
2408         // The chosen path was actually on a DVD, so use the raw block
2409         // device path instead.
2410         path = [detector devicePath];
2411         [self writeToActivityLog: "trying to open a physical dvd at: %s", [scanPath UTF8String]];
2412
2413         /* lets check for vlc here to make sure we have a dylib available to use for decrypting */
2414         NSString *vlcPath = @"/Applications/VLC.app";
2415         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
2416             if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:vlcPath] == 0)
2417             {
2418             /*vlc not found in /Applications so we set the bool to cancel scanning to 1 */
2419             cancelScanDecrypt = 1;
2420             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app not found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2421             int status;
2422             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake could not find VLC.",@"Please download and install VLC media player in your /Applications folder if you wish to read encrypted DVDs.", @"Get VLC", @"Cancel Scan", @"Attempt Scan Anyway");
2423             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
2424
2425             if (status == NSAlertDefaultReturn)
2426             {
2427                 /* User chose to go download vlc (as they rightfully should) so we send them to the vlc site */
2428                 [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL:[NSURL URLWithString:@"http://www.videolan.org/"]];
2429             }
2430             else if (status == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
2431             {
2432             /* User chose to cancel the scan */
2433             [self writeToActivityLog: "cannot open physical dvd , scan cancelled"];
2434             }
2435             else
2436             {
2437             /* User chose to override our warning and scan the physical dvd anyway, at their own peril. on an encrypted dvd this produces massive log files and fails */
2438             cancelScanDecrypt = 0;
2439             [self writeToActivityLog: "user overrode vlc warning -trying to open physical dvd without decryption"];
2440             }
2441
2442         }
2443         else
2444         {
2445             /* VLC was found in /Applications so all is well, we can carry on using vlc's libdvdcss.dylib for decrypting if needed */
2446             [self writeToActivityLog: "VLC app found for decrypting physical dvd"];
2447         }
2448     }
2449
2450     if (cancelScanDecrypt == 0)
2451     {
2452         /* we actually pass the scan off to libhb here */
2453         /* If there is no title number passed to scan, we use "0"
2454          * which causes the default behavior of a full source scan
2455          */
2456         if (!scanTitleNum)
2457         {
2458             scanTitleNum = 0;
2459         }
2460         if (scanTitleNum > 0)
2461         {
2462             [self writeToActivityLog: "scanning specifically for title: %d", scanTitleNum];
2463         }
2464
2465         [self writeToActivityLog: "performNewQueueScan currentQueueEncodeIndex is: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2466         /* We use our advance pref to determine how many previews to scan */
2467         int hb_num_previews = [[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"PreviewsNumber"] intValue];
2468         hb_scan( fQueueEncodeLibhb, [path UTF8String], scanTitleNum, hb_num_previews, 0 );
2469     }
2470 }
2471
2472 /* This method was originally used to load up a new queue item in the gui and
2473  * then start processing it. However we now have modified -prepareJob and use a second
2474  * instance of libhb to do our actual encoding, therefor right now it is not required.
2475  * Nonetheless I want to leave this in here
2476  * because basically its everything we need to be able to actually modify a pending queue
2477  * item in the gui and resave it. At least for now - dynaflash
2478  */
2479
2480 - (IBAction)applyQueueSettings:(id)sender
2481 {
2482     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2483     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
2484
2485     /* Set title number and chapters */
2486     /* since the queue only scans a single title, we really don't need to pick a title */
2487     //[fSrcTitlePopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"] intValue] - 1];
2488
2489     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterStart"] intValue] - 1];
2490     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterEnd"] intValue] - 1];
2491
2492     /* File Format */
2493     [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
2494     [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
2495
2496     /* Chapter Markers*/
2497     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
2498     /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
2499     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
2500     /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
2501     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
2502
2503     /* Video encoder */
2504     /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
2505     [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
2506     [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
2507
2508     /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
2509     [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
2510     /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
2511     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
2512     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
2513
2514     /* Video quality */
2515     [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
2516
2517     [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
2518     [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
2519     [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
2520
2521     [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
2522
2523     /* Video framerate */
2524     /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
2525      detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
2526     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
2527     {
2528         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
2529     }
2530     else
2531     {
2532         [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
2533     }
2534
2535     /* 2 Pass Encoding */
2536     [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
2537     [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
2538     /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
2539     [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
2540
2541     /*Audio*/
2542     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
2543     {
2544         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2545         {
2546             [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2547         }
2548         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
2549         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
2550         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2551         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
2552         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2553          * mixdown*/
2554         if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2555         {
2556             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
2557         }
2558         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
2559         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2560         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2561         {
2562             [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
2563         }
2564         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2565         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
2566     }
2567     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
2568     {
2569         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2570         {
2571             [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2572         }
2573         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
2574         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
2575         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2576         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
2577         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2578          * mixdown*/
2579         if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2580         {
2581             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
2582         }
2583         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
2584         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2585         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2586         {
2587             [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
2588         }
2589         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2590         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
2591     }
2592     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
2593     {
2594         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2595         {
2596             [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2597         }
2598         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
2599         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
2600         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2601         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
2602         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2603          * mixdown*/
2604         if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2605         {
2606             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
2607         }
2608         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
2609         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2610         if (![[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
2611         {
2612             [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
2613         }
2614         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2615         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
2616     }
2617     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
2618     {
2619         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
2620         {
2621             [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
2622         }
2623         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
2624         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
2625         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2626         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
2627         /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
2628          * mixdown*/
2629         if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
2630         {
2631             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
2632         }
2633         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
2634         /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
2635         if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
2636         {
2637             [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
2638         }
2639         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
2640         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
2641     }
2642
2643
2644     /*Subtitles*/
2645     [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
2646     /* Forced Subtitles */
2647     [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
2648
2649     /* Picture Settings */
2650     /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
2651     if (fTitle->width < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
2652     {
2653         /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
2654         job->width = fTitle->width;
2655         job->height = fTitle->height;
2656     }
2657     else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
2658     {
2659         /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
2660         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
2661         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
2662     }
2663     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
2664     if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
2665     {
2666         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
2667         if( job->height > fTitle->height )
2668         {
2669             job->height = fTitle->height;
2670             hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
2671         }
2672     }
2673     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
2674
2675
2676     /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
2677      when the preset was created and apply them */
2678     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
2679     {
2680         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
2681
2682         /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
2683         job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
2684         job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
2685         job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
2686         job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
2687
2688     }
2689     else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
2690     {
2691         [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
2692         /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
2693         job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
2694         job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
2695         job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
2696         job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
2697
2698     }
2699
2700     /* Filters */
2701     /* Deinterlace */
2702     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
2703
2704     /* Detelecine */
2705     [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
2706     /* Denoise */
2707     [fPictureController setDenoise:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
2708     /* Deblock */
2709     [fPictureController setDeblock:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
2710     /* Decomb */
2711     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
2712     /* Grayscale */
2713     [fPictureController setGrayscale:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue]];
2714
2715     [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
2716
2717
2718     /* somehow we need to figure out a way to tie the queue item to a preset if it used one */
2719     //[queueFileJob setObject:[fPresetSelectedDisplay stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
2720     //    [queueFileJob setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] forKey:@"PresetIndexNum"];
2721     if ([queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"]) // This item used a preset so insert that info
2722         {
2723                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2724         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
2725         //[self selectPreset:nil];
2726
2727         //[fPresetsOutlineView selectRow:[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetIndexNum"] intValue]];
2728                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2729                 //[fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] stringValue]];
2730
2731                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2732         }
2733     else
2734     {
2735         /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
2736                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
2737                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
2738                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
2739
2740                 //curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
2741     }
2742
2743     /* We need to set this bool back to NO, in case the user wants to do a scan */
2744     //applyQueueToScan = NO;
2745
2746     /* so now we go ahead and process the new settings */
2747     [self processNewQueueEncode];
2748 }
2749
2750
2751
2752 /* This assumes that we have re-scanned and loaded up a new queue item to send to libhb as fQueueEncodeLibhb */
2753 - (void) processNewQueueEncode
2754 {
2755     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
2756     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
2757     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2758
2759     if( !hb_list_count( list ) )
2760     {
2761         [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode WARNING nothing found in the title list"];
2762     }
2763
2764     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
2765     [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset: %s", [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PresetName"] UTF8String]];
2766     [self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode number of passes expected is: %d", ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] + 1)];
2767     job->file = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] UTF8String];
2768     //[self writeToActivityLog: "processNewQueueEncode sending to prepareJob"];
2769     [self prepareJob];
2770
2771     /*
2772      * If scanning we need to do some extra setup of the job.
2773      */
2774     if( job->indepth_scan == 1 )
2775     {
2776         char *x264opts_tmp;
2777
2778         /*
2779          * When subtitle scan is enabled do a fast pre-scan job
2780          * which will determine which subtitles to enable, if any.
2781          */
2782         job->pass = -1;
2783         x264opts_tmp = job->x264opts;
2784
2785         job->x264opts = NULL;
2786
2787         job->indepth_scan = 1;
2788
2789
2790         /*
2791          * Add the pre-scan job
2792          */
2793         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2794         job->x264opts = x264opts_tmp;
2795     }
2796
2797
2798     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
2799     {
2800         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2801
2802
2803
2804         job->pass = 1;
2805
2806         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2807
2808         job->pass = 2;
2809
2810         job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2811         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
2812
2813         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2814
2815     }
2816     else
2817     {
2818         job->indepth_scan = 0;
2819         job->pass = 0;
2820
2821         hb_add( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
2822     }
2823
2824     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
2825         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
2826         /* Lets mark our new encode as 1 or "Encoding" */
2827     [queueToApply setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Status"];
2828     [self saveQueueFileItem];
2829
2830     /* we need to clean up the subtitle tracks after the job(s) have been set  */
2831     int num_subtitle_tracks = hb_list_count(job->list_subtitle);
2832     int ii;
2833     for(ii = 0; ii < num_subtitle_tracks; ii++)
2834     {
2835         hb_subtitle_t * subtitle;
2836         subtitle = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(job->list_subtitle, 0);
2837
2838
2839         hb_list_rem(job->list_subtitle, subtitle);
2840         free(subtitle);
2841     }
2842
2843
2844     /* We should be all setup so let 'er rip */
2845     [self doRip];
2846 }
2847
2848 #pragma mark -
2849 #pragma mark Live Preview
2850 /* Note,this is much like prepareJob, but directly sets the job vars so Picture Preview
2851  * can encode to its temp preview directory and playback. This is *not* used for any actual user
2852  * encodes
2853  */
2854 - (void) prepareJobForPreview
2855 {
2856     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
2857     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
2858             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
2859     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
2860     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
2861     /* set job->angle for libdvdnav */
2862     job->angle = [fSrcAnglePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2863     /* Chapter selection */
2864     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2865     job->chapter_end   = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
2866
2867     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
2868     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2869     job->vcodec = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
2870
2871     job->chapter_markers = 0;
2872
2873         if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
2874     {
2875
2876                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
2877                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
2878                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
2879                 /* For previews we ignore the turbo option for the first pass of two since we only use 1 pass */
2880                 strcpy(job->x264opts, [[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] UTF8String]);
2881
2882
2883     }
2884
2885     /* Video settings */
2886    /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
2887      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
2888      */
2889     job->vfr = 0;
2890     if( [fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0 )
2891     {
2892         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
2893         job->vrate      = 27000000;
2894         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem]-1].rate;
2895         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
2896          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
2897          * a specific framerate*/
2898         job->cfr = 1;
2899     }
2900     else
2901     {
2902         /* We are same as source (variable) */
2903         job->vrate      = title->rate;
2904         job->vrate_base = title->rate_base;
2905         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
2906          * to enable true same as source framerate */
2907         job->cfr = 0;
2908         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
2909          * job->vfr
2910          */
2911         if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
2912         {
2913             job->vfr = 1;
2914         }
2915     }
2916
2917     switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
2918     {
2919         case 0:
2920             /* Target size.
2921                Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
2922                in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it */
2923         case 1:
2924             job->vquality = -1.0;
2925             job->vbitrate = [fVidBitrateField intValue];
2926             break;
2927         case 2:
2928             job->vquality = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue];
2929             job->vbitrate = 0;
2930             break;
2931     }
2932
2933     /* Subtitle settings */
2934     NSMutableArray *subtitlesArray = nil;
2935     subtitlesArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithArray:[fSubtitlesDelegate getSubtitleArray: subtitlesArray]];
2936
2937
2938
2939  int subtitle = nil;
2940 int force;
2941 int burned;
2942 int def;
2943 bool one_burned = FALSE;
2944
2945     int i = 0;
2946     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [subtitlesArray objectEnumerator];
2947     id tempObject;
2948     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
2949     {
2950
2951         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
2952         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
2953         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
2954         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
2955
2956         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
2957          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
2958          */
2959         if (subtitle > 0)
2960         {
2961             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
2962              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
2963              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
2964              */
2965
2966             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
2967             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
2968             {
2969                 /* NOTE: Currently foreign language search is borked for preview.
2970                  * Commented out but left in for initial commit. */
2971
2972
2973                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
2974
2975                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
2976                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
2977                 {
2978                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
2979                     {
2980                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
2981                     }
2982                     else
2983                     {
2984                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
2985                     }
2986
2987                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
2988                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
2989
2990                 }
2991
2992
2993             }
2994             else
2995             {
2996
2997                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
2998                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
2999                 if (i == 0)
3000                 {
3001                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3002                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3003                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3004                 }
3005                 else
3006                 {
3007                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3008                      * so subtract 1. */
3009
3010                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3011                 }
3012
3013                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3014                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3015
3016                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3017
3018                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3019                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3020                 {
3021                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3022
3023                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3024
3025                     /* we need to srncpy file path and char code */
3026                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3027                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3028
3029                     sub_config.force = 0;
3030                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3031                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3032
3033                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3034                 }
3035
3036                 if (subt != NULL)
3037                 {
3038                     [self writeToActivityLog: "Setting Subtitle: %s", subt];
3039
3040                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3041
3042                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3043                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3044                     {
3045                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3046                     }
3047                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3048                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3049                     {
3050                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3051                         continue;
3052                     }
3053                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3054                     {
3055                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3056                         if (one_burned)
3057                             continue;
3058                         one_burned = TRUE;
3059                     }
3060                     sub_config.force = force;
3061                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3062                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3063                 }
3064
3065             }
3066         }
3067         i++;
3068     }
3069
3070
3071
3072 [subtitlesArray autorelease];
3073
3074
3075     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3076     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3077     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3078     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3079     {
3080         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3081         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3082     }
3083     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3084     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3085     {
3086         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3087         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3088         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3089         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3090         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3091         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3092         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3093         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3094         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3095         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
3096
3097         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3098         free(audio);
3099     }
3100     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3101     {
3102         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3103         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3104         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3105         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3106         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3107         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3108         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3109         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3110         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3111         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
3112
3113         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3114         free(audio);
3115
3116     }
3117
3118     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3119     {
3120         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3121         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3122         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3123         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3124         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3125         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3126         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3127         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3128         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3129         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
3130
3131         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3132         free(audio);
3133
3134     }
3135
3136     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
3137     {
3138         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3139         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3140         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3141         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3142         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
3143         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3144         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
3145         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3146         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
3147         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
3148
3149         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3150         free(audio);
3151
3152     }
3153
3154
3155
3156     /* Filters */
3157
3158     /* Though Grayscale is not really a filter, per se
3159      * we put it here since its in the filters panel
3160      */
3161
3162     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
3163     {
3164         job->grayscale = 1;
3165     }
3166     else
3167     {
3168         job->grayscale = 0;
3169     }
3170
3171     /* Initialize the filters list */
3172     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3173
3174     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3175     * The order of the filters is critical
3176     */
3177
3178         /* Detelecine */
3179     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
3180     {
3181         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3182         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] UTF8String];
3183         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3184     }
3185     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
3186     {
3187         /* Default */
3188         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3189     }
3190
3191
3192
3193     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
3194     {
3195         /* Decomb */
3196         /* we add the custom string if present */
3197         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
3198         {
3199             /* use a custom decomb string */
3200             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController decombCustomString] UTF8String];
3201             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3202         }
3203         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
3204         {
3205             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3206             //hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[fPicSettingDecomb stringValue] UTF8String];
3207             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3208         }
3209     }
3210     else
3211     {
3212
3213         /* Deinterlace */
3214         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
3215         {
3216             /* we add the custom string if present */
3217             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] UTF8String];
3218             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3219         }
3220         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
3221         {
3222             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3223             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3224             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3225         }
3226         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
3227         {
3228             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3229             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3230             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3231         }
3232         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
3233         {
3234             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3235             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3236             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3237         }
3238
3239         }
3240
3241     /* Denoise */
3242         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1) // custom in popup
3243         {
3244                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3245         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] UTF8String];
3246         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3247         }
3248     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2) // Weak in popup
3249         {
3250                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3251         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3252         }
3253         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3) // Medium in popup
3254         {
3255                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3256         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3257         }
3258         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4) // Strong in popup
3259         {
3260                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3261         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3262         }
3263
3264
3265     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3266     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3267      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3268      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3269      */
3270     if ([fPictureController deblock] != 0)
3271     {
3272         NSString *deblockStringValue = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d",[fPictureController deblock]];
3273         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [deblockStringValue UTF8String];
3274         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3275     }
3276
3277 }
3278
3279
3280 #pragma mark -
3281 #pragma mark Job Handling
3282
3283
3284 - (void) prepareJob
3285 {
3286
3287     NSMutableDictionary * queueToApply = [QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex];
3288     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3289     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,0 ); // is always zero since now its a single title scan
3290     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
3291     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
3292     /* Title Angle for dvdnav */
3293     job->angle = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"TitleAngle"] intValue];
3294     /* Chapter selection */
3295     job->chapter_start = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterStart"] intValue];
3296     job->chapter_end   = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobChapterEnd"] intValue];
3297
3298     /* Format (Muxer) and Video Encoder */
3299     job->mux = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobFileFormatMux"] intValue];
3300     job->vcodec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVideoEncoderVcodec"] intValue];
3301
3302
3303     /* If mpeg-4, then set mpeg-4 specific options like chapters and > 4gb file sizes */
3304     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue] == 1)
3305     {
3306         job->largeFileSize = 1;
3307     }
3308     else
3309     {
3310         job->largeFileSize = 0;
3311     }
3312     /* We set http optimized mp4 here */
3313     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue] == 1 )
3314     {
3315         job->mp4_optimize = 1;
3316     }
3317     else
3318     {
3319         job->mp4_optimize = 0;
3320     }
3321
3322
3323     /* We set the chapter marker extraction here based on the format being
3324      mpeg4 or mkv and the checkbox being checked */
3325     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue] == 1)
3326     {
3327         job->chapter_markers = 1;
3328
3329         /* now lets get our saved chapter names out the array in the queue file
3330          * and insert them back into the title chapter list. We have it here,
3331          * because unless we are inserting chapter markers there is no need to
3332          * spend the overhead of iterating through the chapter names array imo
3333          * Also, note that if for some reason we don't apply chapter names, the
3334          * chapters just come out 001, 002, etc. etc.
3335          */
3336
3337         NSMutableArray *ChapterNamesArray = [queueToApply objectForKey:@"ChapterNames"];
3338         int i = 0;
3339         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [ChapterNamesArray objectEnumerator];
3340         id tempObject;
3341         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3342         {
3343             hb_chapter_t *chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
3344             if( chapter != NULL )
3345             {
3346                 strncpy( chapter->title, [tempObject UTF8String], 1023);
3347                 chapter->title[1023] = '\0';
3348             }
3349             i++;
3350         }
3351     }
3352     else
3353     {
3354         job->chapter_markers = 0;
3355     }
3356
3357     if( job->vcodec & HB_VCODEC_X264 )
3358     {
3359                 if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue] == 1)
3360             {
3361             job->ipod_atom = 1;
3362                 }
3363         else
3364         {
3365             job->ipod_atom = 0;
3366         }
3367
3368
3369                 /* Below Sends x264 options to the core library if x264 is selected*/
3370                 /* Lets use this as per Nyx, Thanks Nyx!*/
3371                 job->x264opts = (char *)calloc(1024, 1); /* Fixme, this just leaks */
3372                 /* Turbo first pass if two pass and Turbo First pass is selected */
3373                 if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 && [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue] == 1 )
3374                 {
3375                         /* pass the "Turbo" string to be appended to the existing x264 opts string into a variable for the first pass */
3376                         NSString *firstPassOptStringTurbo = @":ref=1:subme=2:me=dia:analyse=none:trellis=0:no-fast-pskip=0:8x8dct=0:weightb=0";
3377                         /* append the "Turbo" string variable to the existing opts string.
3378              Note: the "Turbo" string must be appended, not prepended to work properly*/
3379                         NSString *firstPassOptStringCombined = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] stringByAppendingString:firstPassOptStringTurbo];
3380                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [firstPassOptStringCombined UTF8String]);
3381                 }
3382                 else
3383                 {
3384                         strcpy(job->x264opts, [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"x264Option"] UTF8String]);
3385                 }
3386
3387     }
3388
3389
3390     /* Picture Size Settings */
3391     job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
3392     job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
3393
3394     job->keep_ratio = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
3395     job->anamorphic.mode = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
3396     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue] == 3)
3397     {
3398         /* insert our custom values here for capuj */
3399         job->width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageWidth"]  intValue];
3400         job->height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARStorageHeight"]  intValue];
3401
3402         job->anamorphic.modulus = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARModulus"] intValue];
3403
3404         job->anamorphic.par_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelWidth"]  intValue];
3405         job->anamorphic.par_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARPixelHeight"]  intValue];
3406
3407         job->anamorphic.dar_width = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayWidth"]  floatValue];
3408         job->anamorphic.dar_height = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PicturePARDisplayHeight"]  floatValue];
3409     }
3410
3411     /* Here we use the crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
3412     job->crop[0] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
3413     job->crop[1] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
3414     job->crop[2] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
3415     job->crop[3] = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
3416
3417     /* Video settings */
3418     /* Framerate */
3419
3420     /* Set vfr to 0 as it's only on if using same as source in the framerate popup
3421      * and detelecine is on, so we handle that in the logic below
3422      */
3423     job->vfr = 0;
3424     if( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue] > 0 )
3425     {
3426         /* a specific framerate has been chosen */
3427         job->vrate      = 27000000;
3428         job->vrate_base = hb_video_rates[[[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobIndexVideoFramerate"] intValue]-1].rate;
3429         /* We are not same as source so we set job->cfr to 1
3430          * to enable constant frame rate since user has specified
3431          * a specific framerate*/
3432         job->cfr = 1;
3433     }
3434     else
3435     {
3436         /* We are same as source (variable) */
3437         job->vrate      = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrate"] intValue];
3438         job->vrate_base = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobVrateBase"] intValue];
3439         /* We are same as source so we set job->cfr to 0
3440          * to enable true same as source framerate */
3441         job->cfr = 0;
3442         /* If we are same as source and we have detelecine on, we need to turn on
3443          * job->vfr
3444          */
3445         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3446         {
3447             job->vfr = 1;
3448         }
3449     }
3450
3451     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] != 2 )
3452     {
3453         /* Target size.
3454          Bitrate should already have been calculated and displayed
3455          in fVidBitrateField, so let's just use it same as abr*/
3456         job->vquality = -1.0;
3457         job->vbitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"] intValue];
3458     }
3459     if ( [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] == 2 )
3460     {
3461         job->vquality = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue];
3462         job->vbitrate = 0;
3463
3464     }
3465
3466     job->grayscale = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue];
3467
3468
3469
3470 #pragma mark -
3471 #pragma mark Process Subtitles to libhb
3472
3473 /* Map the settings in the dictionaries for the SubtitleList array to match title->list_subtitle
3474  * which means that we need to account for the offset of non source language settings in from
3475  * the NSPopUpCell menu. For all of the objects in the SubtitleList array this means 0 is "None"
3476  * from the popup menu, additionally the first track has "Foreign Audio Search" at 1. So we use
3477  * an int to offset the index number for the objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum" to map that
3478  * to the source tracks position in title->list_subtitle.
3479  */
3480
3481 int subtitle = nil;
3482 int force;
3483 int burned;
3484 int def;
3485 bool one_burned = FALSE;
3486
3487     int i = 0;
3488     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"SubtitleList"] objectEnumerator];
3489     id tempObject;
3490     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3491     {
3492
3493         subtitle = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackNum"] intValue];
3494         force = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackForced"] intValue];
3495         burned = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackBurned"] intValue];
3496         def = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackDefault"] intValue];
3497
3498         /* since the subtitleSourceTrackNum 0 is "None" in our array of the subtitle popups,
3499          * we want to ignore it for display as well as encoding.
3500          */
3501         if (subtitle > 0)
3502         {
3503             /* if i is 0, then we are in the first item of the subtitles which we need to
3504              * check for the "Foreign Audio Search" which would be subtitleSourceTrackNum of 1
3505              * bearing in mind that for all tracks subtitleSourceTrackNum of 0 is None.
3506              */
3507
3508             /* if we are on the first track and using "Foreign Audio Search" */
3509             if (i == 0 && subtitle == 1)
3510             {
3511                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Foreign Language Search: %d", 1];
3512
3513                 job->indepth_scan = 1;
3514                 if (burned == 1 || job->mux != HB_MUX_MP4)
3515                 {
3516                     if (burned != 1 && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV)
3517                     {
3518                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3519                     }
3520                     else
3521                     {
3522                         job->select_subtitle_config.dest = RENDERSUB;
3523                     }
3524
3525                     job->select_subtitle_config.force = force;
3526                     job->select_subtitle_config.default_track = def;
3527                 }
3528
3529
3530             }
3531             else
3532             {
3533
3534                 /* for the actual source tracks, we must subtract the non source entries so
3535                  * that the menu index matches the source subtitle_list index for convenience */
3536                 if (i == 0)
3537                 {
3538                     /* for the first track, the source tracks start at menu index 2 ( None is 0,
3539                      * Foreign Language Search is 1) so subtract 2 */
3540                     subtitle = subtitle - 2;
3541                 }
3542                 else
3543                 {
3544                     /* for all other tracks, the source tracks start at menu index 1 (None is 0)
3545                      * so subtract 1. */
3546
3547                     subtitle = subtitle - 1;
3548                 }
3549
3550                 /* We are setting a source subtitle so access the source subtitle info */
3551                 hb_subtitle_t * subt;
3552
3553                 subt = (hb_subtitle_t *)hb_list_item(title->list_subtitle, subtitle);
3554
3555                 /* if we are getting the subtitles from an external srt file */
3556                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceTrackType"] isEqualToString:@"SRT"])
3557                 {
3558                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config;
3559
3560                     sub_config.offset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtOffset"] intValue];
3561
3562                     /* we need to srncpy file name and codeset */
3563                     //sub_config.src_filename = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String];
3564                     strncpy(sub_config.src_filename, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleSourceSrtFilePath"] UTF8String], 128);
3565                     //sub_config.src_codeset = [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String];
3566                     strncpy(sub_config.src_codeset, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtCharCode"] UTF8String], 40);
3567
3568                     sub_config.force = 0;
3569                     sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3570                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3571
3572                     hb_srt_add( job, &sub_config, [[tempObject objectForKey:@"subtitleTrackSrtLanguageIso3"] UTF8String]);
3573                 }
3574
3575
3576                 if (subt != NULL)
3577                 {
3578                     [self writeToActivityLog: "Setting Subtitle: %s", subt];
3579
3580                     hb_subtitle_config_t sub_config = subt->config;
3581
3582                     if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MKV &&
3583                         subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3584                     {
3585                         sub_config.dest = PASSTHRUSUB;
3586                     }
3587                     else if (!burned && job->mux == HB_MUX_MP4 &&
3588                              subt->format == PICTURESUB)
3589                     {
3590                         // Skip any non-burned vobsubs when output is mp4
3591                         continue;
3592                     }
3593                     else if ( burned && subt->format == PICTURESUB )
3594                     {
3595                         // Only allow one subtitle to be burned into the video
3596                         if (one_burned)
3597                             continue;
3598                         one_burned = TRUE;
3599                     }
3600                     sub_config.force = force;
3601                     sub_config.default_track = def;
3602                     hb_subtitle_add( job, &sub_config, subtitle );
3603                 }
3604
3605             }
3606         }
3607         i++;
3608     }
3609
3610 #pragma mark -
3611
3612
3613     /* Audio tracks and mixdowns */
3614     /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
3615     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
3616     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
3617     {
3618         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
3619         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
3620     }
3621     /* Now lets add our new tracks to the audio list here */
3622     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] > 0)
3623     {
3624         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3625         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3626         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3627         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3628         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] intValue] - 1;
3629         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Encoder"] intValue];
3630         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Mixdown"] intValue];
3631         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Bitrate"] intValue];
3632         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio1Samplerate"] intValue];
3633         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3634
3635         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3636         free(audio);
3637     }
3638     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] > 0)
3639     {
3640
3641         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3642         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3643         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3644         [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob audiotrack 2 is: %d", audio->in.track];
3645         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3646         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] intValue] - 1;
3647         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Encoder"] intValue];
3648         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Mixdown"] intValue];
3649         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Bitrate"] intValue];
3650         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio2Samplerate"] intValue];
3651         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3652
3653         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3654         free(audio);
3655     }
3656
3657     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] > 0)
3658     {
3659         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3660         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3661         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3662         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3663         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] intValue] - 1;
3664         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Encoder"] intValue];
3665         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Mixdown"] intValue];
3666         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Bitrate"] intValue];
3667         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio3Samplerate"] intValue];
3668         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3669
3670         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3671         free(audio);
3672     }
3673
3674     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] > 0)
3675     {
3676         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
3677         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
3678         audio->in.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3679         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
3680         audio->out.track = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] intValue] - 1;
3681         audio->out.codec = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Encoder"] intValue];
3682         audio->out.mixdown = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Mixdown"] intValue];
3683         audio->out.bitrate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Bitrate"] intValue];
3684         audio->out.samplerate = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"JobAudio4Samplerate"] intValue];
3685         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue];
3686
3687         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
3688
3689
3690     }
3691
3692     /* Filters */
3693     job->filters = hb_list_init();
3694
3695     /* Now lets call the filters if applicable.
3696      * The order of the filters is critical
3697      */
3698     /* Detelecine */
3699     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
3700     {
3701         /* use a custom detelecine string */
3702         hb_filter_detelecine.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"] UTF8String];
3703         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3704     }
3705     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 2)
3706     {
3707         /* Use libhb's default values */
3708         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_detelecine );
3709     }
3710
3711     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3712     {
3713         /* Decomb */
3714         /* we add the custom string if present */
3715         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
3716         {
3717             /* use a custom decomb string */
3718             hb_filter_decomb.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"] UTF8String];
3719             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3720         }
3721         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 2)
3722         {
3723             /* Use libhb default */
3724             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_decomb );
3725         }
3726
3727     }
3728     else
3729     {
3730
3731         /* Deinterlace */
3732         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
3733         {
3734             /* we add the custom string if present */
3735             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"] UTF8String];
3736             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3737         }
3738         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 2)
3739         {
3740             /* Run old deinterlacer fd by default */
3741             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "-1";
3742             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3743         }
3744         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 3)
3745         {
3746             /* Yadif mode 0 (without spatial deinterlacing.) */
3747             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "2";
3748             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3749         }
3750         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 4)
3751         {
3752             /* Yadif (with spatial deinterlacing) */
3753             hb_filter_deinterlace.settings = "0";
3754             hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deinterlace );
3755         }
3756
3757
3758     }
3759     /* Denoise */
3760         if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1) // Custom in popup
3761         {
3762                 /* we add the custom string if present */
3763         hb_filter_denoise.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"] UTF8String];
3764         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3765         }
3766     else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 2) // Weak in popup
3767         {
3768                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "2:1:2:3";
3769         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3770         }
3771         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 3) // Medium in popup
3772         {
3773                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "3:2:2:3";
3774         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3775         }
3776         else if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 4) // Strong in popup
3777         {
3778                 hb_filter_denoise.settings = "7:7:5:5";
3779         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_denoise );
3780         }
3781
3782
3783     /* Deblock  (uses pp7 default) */
3784     /* NOTE: even though there is a valid deblock setting of 0 for the filter, for
3785      * the macgui's purposes a value of 0 actually means to not even use the filter
3786      * current hb_filter_deblock.settings valid ranges are from 5 - 15
3787      */
3788     if ([[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] != 0)
3789     {
3790         hb_filter_deblock.settings = (char *) [[queueToApply objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] UTF8String];
3791         hb_list_add( job->filters, &hb_filter_deblock );
3792     }
3793 [self writeToActivityLog: "prepareJob exiting"];
3794 }
3795
3796
3797
3798 /* addToQueue: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doAddToQueue
3799 */
3800 - (IBAction) addToQueue: (id) sender
3801 {
3802         /* We get the destination directory from the destination field here */
3803         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3804         /* We check for a valid destination here */
3805         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3806         {
3807                 NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3808         return;
3809         }
3810
3811     BOOL fileExists;
3812     fileExists = NO;
3813
3814     BOOL fileExistsInQueue;
3815     fileExistsInQueue = NO;
3816
3817     /* We check for and existing file here */
3818     if([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3819     {
3820         fileExists = YES;
3821     }
3822
3823     /* We now run through the queue and make sure we are not overwriting an exisiting queue item */
3824     int i = 0;
3825     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [QueueFileArray objectEnumerator];
3826         id tempObject;
3827         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
3828         {
3829                 NSDictionary *thisQueueDict = tempObject;
3830                 if ([[thisQueueDict objectForKey:@"DestinationPath"] isEqualToString: [fDstFile2Field stringValue]])
3831                 {
3832                         fileExistsInQueue = YES;
3833                 }
3834         i++;
3835         }
3836
3837
3838         if(fileExists == YES)
3839     {
3840         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists.", @"" ),
3841                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3842                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3843                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3844                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3845                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3846     }
3847     else if (fileExistsInQueue == YES)
3848     {
3849     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"There is already a queue item for this destination.", @"" ),
3850                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", @"" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3851                                   @selector( overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3852                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3853                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3854                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3855     }
3856     else
3857     {
3858         [self doAddToQueue];
3859     }
3860 }
3861
3862 /* overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: called from the alert posted by addToQueue that asks
3863    the user if they want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3864 */
3865 - (void) overwriteAddToQueueAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3866     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3867 {
3868     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3869         [self doAddToQueue];
3870 }
3871
3872 - (void) doAddToQueue
3873 {
3874     [self addQueueFileItem ];
3875 }
3876
3877
3878
3879 /* Rip: puts up an alert before ultimately calling doRip
3880 */
3881 - (IBAction) Rip: (id) sender
3882 {
3883     [self writeToActivityLog: "Rip: Pending queue count is %d", fPendingCount];
3884     /* Rip or Cancel ? */
3885     hb_state_t s;
3886     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
3887
3888     if(s.state == HB_STATE_WORKING || s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED)
3889         {
3890         [self Cancel: sender];
3891         return;
3892     }
3893
3894     /* We check to see if we need to warn the user that the computer will go to sleep
3895                  or shut down when encoding is finished */
3896                 [self remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown];
3897
3898     // If there are pending jobs in the queue, then this is a rip the queue
3899     if (fPendingCount > 0)
3900     {
3901         /* here lets start the queue with the first pending item */
3902         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3903
3904         return;
3905     }
3906
3907     // Before adding jobs to the queue, check for a valid destination.
3908
3909     NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3910     if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:destinationDirectory] == 0)
3911     {
3912         NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"This is not a valid destination directory!", @"OK", nil, nil);
3913         return;
3914     }
3915
3916     /* We check for duplicate name here */
3917     if( [[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:[fDstFile2Field stringValue]] )
3918     {
3919         NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet( NSLocalizedString( @"File already exists", @"" ),
3920                                   NSLocalizedString( @"Cancel", "" ), NSLocalizedString( @"Overwrite", @"" ), nil, fWindow, self,
3921                                   @selector( overWriteAlertDone:returnCode:contextInfo: ),
3922                                   NULL, NULL, [NSString stringWithFormat:
3923                                                NSLocalizedString( @"Do you want to overwrite %@?", @"" ),
3924                                                [fDstFile2Field stringValue]] );
3925
3926         // overWriteAlertDone: will be called when the alert is dismissed. It will call doRip.
3927     }
3928     else
3929     {
3930         /* if there are no pending jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3931          otherwise, just rip the queue */
3932         if(fPendingCount == 0)
3933         {
3934             [self doAddToQueue];
3935         }
3936
3937         /* go right to processing the new queue encode */
3938         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3939
3940     }
3941 }
3942
3943 /* overWriteAlertDone: called from the alert posted by Rip: that asks the user if they
3944    want to overwrite an exiting movie file.
3945 */
3946 - (void) overWriteAlertDone: (NSWindow *) sheet
3947     returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
3948 {
3949     if( returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3950     {
3951         /* if there are no jobs in the queue, then add this one to the queue and rip
3952         otherwise, just rip the queue */
3953         if( fPendingCount == 0 )
3954         {
3955             [self doAddToQueue];
3956         }
3957
3958         NSString *destinationDirectory = [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
3959         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:destinationDirectory forKey:@"LastDestinationDirectory"];
3960         [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
3961
3962     }
3963 }
3964
3965 - (void) remindUserOfSleepOrShutdown
3966 {
3967        if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Put Computer To Sleep"])
3968        {
3969                /*Warn that computer will sleep after encoding*/
3970                int reminduser;
3971                NSBeep();
3972                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will sleep after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to sleep the computer after encoding. To turn off sleeping, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3973                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3974                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3975                {
3976                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3977                }
3978        }
3979        else if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"AlertWhenDone"] isEqualToString: @"Shut Down Computer"])
3980        {
3981                /*Warn that computer will shut down after encoding*/
3982                int reminduser;
3983                NSBeep();
3984                reminduser = NSRunAlertPanel(@"The computer will shut down after encoding is done.",@"You have selected to shut down the computer after encoding. To turn off shut down, go to the HandBrake preferences.", @"OK", @"Preferences...", nil);
3985                [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
3986                if ( reminduser == NSAlertAlternateReturn )
3987                {
3988                        [self showPreferencesWindow:nil];
3989                }
3990        }
3991
3992 }
3993
3994
3995 - (void) doRip
3996 {
3997     /* Let libhb do the job */
3998     hb_start( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
3999     /*set the fEncodeState State */
4000         fEncodeState = 1;
4001 }
4002
4003
4004 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4005 // Displays an alert asking user if the want to cancel encoding of current job.
4006 // Cancel: returns immediately after posting the alert. Later, when the user
4007 // acknowledges the alert, doCancelCurrentJob is called.
4008 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4009 - (IBAction)Cancel: (id)sender
4010 {
4011     if (!fQueueController) return;
4012
4013   hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4014     NSString * alertTitle = [NSString stringWithFormat:NSLocalizedString(@"You are currently encoding. What would you like to do ?", nil)];
4015
4016     // Which window to attach the sheet to?
4017     NSWindow * docWindow;
4018     if ([sender respondsToSelector: @selector(window)])
4019         docWindow = [sender window];
4020     else
4021         docWindow = fWindow;
4022
4023     NSBeginCriticalAlertSheet(
4024             alertTitle,
4025             NSLocalizedString(@"Continue Encoding", nil),
4026             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Stop", nil),
4027             NSLocalizedString(@"Cancel Current and Continue", nil),
4028             docWindow, self,
4029             nil, @selector(didDimissCancel:returnCode:contextInfo:), nil,
4030             NSLocalizedString(@"Your encode will be cancelled if you don't continue encoding.", nil));
4031
4032     // didDimissCancelCurrentJob:returnCode:contextInfo: will be called when the dialog is dismissed
4033 }
4034
4035 - (void) didDimissCancel: (NSWindow *)sheet returnCode: (int)returnCode contextInfo: (void *)contextInfo
4036 {
4037    hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4038      if (returnCode == NSAlertOtherReturn)
4039     {
4040         [self doCancelCurrentJob];  // <- this also stops libhb
4041     }
4042     if (returnCode == NSAlertAlternateReturn)
4043     {
4044     [self doCancelCurrentJobAndStop];
4045     }
4046 }
4047
4048 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4049 // Cancels and deletes the current job and stops libhb from processing the remaining
4050 // encodes.
4051 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4052 - (void) doCancelCurrentJob
4053 {
4054     // Stop the current job. hb_stop will only cancel the current pass and then set
4055     // its state to HB_STATE_WORKDONE. It also does this asynchronously. So when we
4056     // see the state has changed to HB_STATE_WORKDONE (in updateUI), we'll delete the
4057     // remaining passes of the job and then start the queue back up if there are any
4058     // remaining jobs.
4059
4060
4061     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4062
4063     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4064             hb_job_t * job;
4065             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4066                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4067
4068     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4069
4070     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4071     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4072     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4073     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4074     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4075     // so now lets move to
4076     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4077     // ... and see if there are more items left in our queue
4078     int queueItems = [QueueFileArray count];
4079     /* If we still have more items in our queue, lets go to the next one */
4080     if (currentQueueEncodeIndex < queueItems)
4081     {
4082     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob currentQueueEncodeIndex is incremented to: %d", currentQueueEncodeIndex];
4083     [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob moving to the next job"];
4084
4085     [self performNewQueueScan:[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"SourcePath"] scanTitleNum:[[[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] objectForKey:@"TitleNumber"]intValue]];
4086     }
4087     else
4088     {
4089         [self writeToActivityLog: "doCancelCurrentJob the item queue is complete"];
4090     }
4091
4092 }
4093
4094 - (void) doCancelCurrentJobAndStop
4095 {
4096     hb_stop( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4097
4098     // Delete all remaining jobs since libhb doesn't do this on its own.
4099             hb_job_t * job;
4100             while( ( job = hb_job(fQueueEncodeLibhb, 0) ) )
4101                 hb_rem( fQueueEncodeLibhb, job );
4102
4103
4104     fEncodeState = 2;   // don't alert at end of processing since this was a cancel
4105
4106     // now that we've stopped the currently encoding job, lets mark it as cancelled
4107     [[QueueFileArray objectAtIndex:currentQueueEncodeIndex] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:3] forKey:@"Status"];
4108     // and as always, save it in the queue .plist...
4109     /* We save all of the Queue data here */
4110     [self saveQueueFileItem];
4111     // so now lets move to
4112     currentQueueEncodeIndex++ ;
4113     [self writeToActivityLog: "cancelling current job and stopping the queue"];
4114 }
4115 - (IBAction) Pause: (id) sender
4116 {
4117     hb_state_t s;
4118     hb_get_state2( fQueueEncodeLibhb, &s );
4119
4120     if( s.state == HB_STATE_PAUSED )
4121     {
4122         hb_resume( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4123     }
4124     else
4125     {
4126         hb_pause( fQueueEncodeLibhb );
4127     }
4128 }
4129
4130 #pragma mark -
4131 #pragma mark GUI Controls Changed Methods
4132
4133 - (IBAction) titlePopUpChanged: (id) sender
4134 {
4135     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4136     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
4137         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4138
4139     /* If Auto Naming is on. We create an output filename of dvd name - title number */
4140     if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultAutoNaming"] > 0 && ( hb_list_count( list ) > 1 ) )
4141         {
4142                 [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4143                         @"%@/%@-%d.%@", [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent],
4144                         [browsedSourceDisplayName stringByDeletingPathExtension],
4145             title->index,
4146                         [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]]];
4147         }
4148
4149     /* Update chapter popups */
4150     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp removeAllItems];
4151     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   removeAllItems];
4152     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ); i++ )
4153     {
4154         [fSrcChapterStartPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4155             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4156         [fSrcChapterEndPopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString
4157             stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4158     }
4159
4160     [fSrcChapterStartPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4161     [fSrcChapterEndPopUp   selectItemAtIndex:
4162         hb_list_count( title->list_chapter ) - 1];
4163     [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
4164
4165     /* if using dvd nav, show the angle widget */
4166     if ([[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] objectForKey:@"UseDvdNav"] boolValue])
4167     {
4168         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:NO];
4169         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:NO];
4170
4171         [fSrcAnglePopUp removeAllItems];
4172         for( int i = 0; i < title->angle_count; i++ )
4173         {
4174             [fSrcAnglePopUp addItemWithTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", i + 1]];
4175         }
4176         [fSrcAnglePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4177     }
4178     else
4179     {
4180         [fSrcAngleLabel setHidden:YES];
4181         [fSrcAnglePopUp setHidden:YES];
4182     }
4183
4184     /* Start Get and set the initial pic size for display */
4185         hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4186         fTitle = title;
4187
4188     /* Set Auto Crop to on upon selecting a new title  */
4189     [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
4190
4191         /* We get the originial output picture width and height and put them
4192         in variables for use with some presets later on */
4193         PicOrigOutputWidth = job->width;
4194         PicOrigOutputHeight = job->height;
4195         AutoCropTop = job->crop[0];
4196         AutoCropBottom = job->crop[1];
4197         AutoCropLeft = job->crop[2];
4198         AutoCropRight = job->crop[3];
4199
4200         /* Reset the new title in fPictureController &&  fPreviewController*/
4201     [fPictureController SetTitle:title];
4202
4203
4204     /* Update Subtitle Table */
4205     [fSubtitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4206     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4207
4208
4209     /* Update chapter table */
4210     [fChapterTitlesDelegate resetWithTitle:title];
4211     [fChapterTable reloadData];
4212
4213    /* Lets make sure there arent any erroneous audio tracks in the job list, so lets make sure its empty*/
4214     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4215     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4216     {
4217         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4218         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4219     }
4220
4221     /* Update audio popups */
4222     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp];
4223     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang2PopUp];
4224     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang3PopUp];
4225     [self addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: fAudLang4PopUp];
4226     /* search for the first instance of our prefs default language for track 1, and set track 2 to "none" */
4227         NSString * audioSearchPrefix = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"DefaultLanguage"];
4228         [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp: fAudLang1PopUp searchPrefixString: audioSearchPrefix selectIndexIfNotFound: 1];
4229     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang2PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4230     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang3PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4231     [self selectAudioTrackInPopUp:fAudLang4PopUp searchPrefixString:nil selectIndexIfNotFound:0];
4232
4233         /* changing the title may have changed the audio channels on offer, */
4234         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4235         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4236         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4237     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4238     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4239
4240     [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4241
4242     /* we run the picture size values through calculatePictureSizing to get all picture setting information*/
4243         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4244
4245    /* lets call tableViewSelected to make sure that any preset we have selected is enforced after a title change */
4246     [self selectPreset:nil];
4247 }
4248
4249 - (IBAction) chapterPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4250 {
4251
4252         /* If start chapter popup is greater than end chapter popup,
4253         we set the end chapter popup to the same as start chapter popup */
4254         if ([fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem])
4255         {
4256                 [fSrcChapterEndPopUp selectItemAtIndex: [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]];
4257     }
4258
4259
4260         hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4261     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *)
4262         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4263
4264     hb_chapter_t * chapter;
4265     int64_t        duration = 0;
4266     for( int i = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4267          i <= [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]; i++ )
4268     {
4269         chapter = (hb_chapter_t *) hb_list_item( title->list_chapter, i );
4270         duration += chapter->duration;
4271     }
4272
4273     duration /= 90000; /* pts -> seconds */
4274     [fSrcDuration2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4275         @"%02lld:%02lld:%02lld", duration / 3600, ( duration / 60 ) % 60,
4276         duration % 60]];
4277
4278     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4279
4280     if ( [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] ==  [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4281     {
4282     /* Disable chapter markers for any source with less than two chapters as it makes no sense. */
4283     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: NO];
4284     [fCreateChapterMarkers setState: NSOffState];
4285     }
4286     else
4287     {
4288     [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4289     }
4290 }
4291
4292 - (IBAction) formatPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4293 {
4294     NSString * string = [fDstFile2Field stringValue];
4295     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
4296     char * ext = NULL;
4297         /* Initially set the large file (64 bit formatting) output checkbox to hidden */
4298     [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4299     [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4300     [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: YES];
4301
4302     /* Update the Video Codec PopUp */
4303     /* lets get the tag of the currently selected item first so we might reset it later */
4304     int selectedVidEncoderTag;
4305     selectedVidEncoderTag = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4306
4307     /* Note: we now store the video encoder int values from common.c in the tags of each popup for easy retrieval later */
4308     [fVidEncoderPopUp removeAllItems];
4309     NSMenuItem *menuItem;
4310     /* These video encoders are available to all of our current muxers, so lets list them once here */
4311     menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MPEG-4 (FFmpeg)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4312     [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG];
4313
4314     switch( format )
4315     {
4316         case 0:
4317                         /*Get Default MP4 File Extension*/
4318                         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0)
4319                         {
4320                                 ext = "m4v";
4321                         }
4322                         else
4323                         {
4324                                 ext = "mp4";
4325                         }
4326             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4327             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4328             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4329             /* We show the mp4 option checkboxes here since we are mp4 */
4330             [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4331                         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4332                         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4333             [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setHidden: NO];
4334             break;
4335
4336             case 1:
4337             ext = "mkv";
4338             /* Add additional video encoders here */
4339             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"H.264 (x264)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4340             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_X264];
4341             menuItem = [[fVidEncoderPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"VP3 (Theora)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
4342             [menuItem setTag: HB_VCODEC_THEORA];
4343             /* We enable the create chapters checkbox here */
4344                         [fCreateChapterMarkers setEnabled: YES];
4345                         break;
4346
4347
4348     }
4349     /* tell fSubtitlesDelegate we have a new video container */
4350
4351     [fSubtitlesDelegate containerChanged:[[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag]];
4352     [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
4353     /* if we have a previously selected vid encoder tag, then try to select it */
4354     if (selectedVidEncoderTag)
4355     {
4356         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTag: selectedVidEncoderTag];
4357     }
4358     else
4359     {
4360         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4361     }
4362
4363     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
4364     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
4365     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
4366     [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
4367
4368     if( format == 0 )
4369         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4370     else
4371         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%s", [string stringByDeletingPathExtension], ext]];
4372
4373     if( SuccessfulScan )
4374     {
4375         /* Add/replace to the correct extension */
4376         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
4377         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
4378         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
4379         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
4380
4381         if( [fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] == nil )
4382         {
4383
4384             [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
4385             [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
4386
4387             /* changing the format may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4388             /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4389
4390             /* We call the method to properly enable/disable turbo 2 pass */
4391             [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4392             /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4393         }
4394     }
4395         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4396 }
4397
4398 - (IBAction) autoSetM4vExtension: (id) sender
4399 {
4400     if ( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] )
4401         return;
4402
4403     NSString * extension = @"mp4";
4404
4405     if( [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4406                                                         [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4407                                                         [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
4408                                                         [fCreateChapterMarkers state] == NSOnState ||
4409                                                         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"DefaultMpegName"] > 0 )
4410     {
4411         extension = @"m4v";
4412     }
4413
4414     if( [extension isEqualTo: [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] pathExtension]] )
4415         return;
4416     else
4417         [fDstFile2Field setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@.%@",
4418                                     [[fDstFile2Field stringValue] stringByDeletingPathExtension], extension]];
4419 }
4420
4421 /* Method to determine if we should change the UI
4422 To reflect whether or not a Preset is being used or if
4423 the user is using "Custom" settings by determining the sender*/
4424 - (IBAction) customSettingUsed: (id) sender
4425 {
4426         if ([sender stringValue])
4427         {
4428                 /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
4429                 [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
4430                 /* Change UI to show "Custom" settings are being used */
4431                 [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue: @"Custom"];
4432
4433                 curUserPresetChosenNum = nil;
4434         }
4435 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4436 }
4437
4438
4439 #pragma mark -
4440 #pragma mark - Video
4441
4442 - (IBAction) videoEncoderPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4443 {
4444     hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4445     int videoEncoder = [[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4446
4447     [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:YES];
4448     /* If we are using x264 then show the x264 advanced panel*/
4449     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4450     {
4451         [fAdvancedOptions setHidden:NO];
4452         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
4453     }
4454
4455     if (videoEncoder == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG)
4456     {
4457         /* We set the iPod atom checkbox to disabled and uncheck it as its only for x264 in the mp4
4458          container. Format is taken care of in formatPopUpChanged method by hiding and unchecking
4459          anything other than MP4.
4460          */
4461         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: NO];
4462         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState: NSOffState];
4463     }
4464     else
4465     {
4466         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setEnabled: YES];
4467     }
4468     [self setupQualitySlider];
4469         [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4470         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged: sender];
4471 }
4472
4473
4474 - (IBAction) twoPassCheckboxChanged: (id) sender
4475 {
4476         /* check to see if x264 is chosen */
4477         if([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4478     {
4479                 if( [fVidTwoPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4480                 {
4481                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: NO];
4482                 }
4483                 else
4484                 {
4485                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4486                         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4487                 }
4488                 /* Make sure Two Pass is checked if Turbo is checked */
4489                 if( [fVidTurboPassCheck state] == NSOnState)
4490                 {
4491                         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOnState];
4492                 }
4493         }
4494         else
4495         {
4496                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4497                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4498         }
4499
4500         /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4501         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4502 }
4503
4504 - (IBAction ) videoFrameRateChanged: (id) sender
4505 {
4506     /* We call method method to calculatePictureSizing to error check detelecine*/
4507     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4508
4509     /* We call method method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4510         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4511 }
4512 - (IBAction) videoMatrixChanged: (id) sender;
4513 {
4514     bool target, bitrate, quality;
4515
4516     target = bitrate = quality = false;
4517     if( [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled] )
4518     {
4519         switch( [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] )
4520         {
4521             case 0:
4522                 target = true;
4523                 break;
4524             case 1:
4525                 bitrate = true;
4526                 break;
4527             case 2:
4528                 quality = true;
4529                 break;
4530         }
4531     }
4532     [fVidTargetSizeField  setEnabled: target];
4533     [fVidBitrateField     setEnabled: bitrate];
4534     [fVidQualitySlider    setEnabled: quality];
4535     [fVidQualityRFField   setEnabled: quality];
4536     [fVidQualityRFLabel    setEnabled: quality];
4537     [fVidTwoPassCheck     setEnabled: !quality &&
4538         [fVidQualityMatrix isEnabled]];
4539     if( quality )
4540     {
4541         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4542                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setHidden: YES];
4543                 [fVidTurboPassCheck setState: NSOffState];
4544     }
4545
4546     [self qualitySliderChanged: sender];
4547     [self calculateBitrate: sender];
4548         [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4549 }
4550
4551 /* Use this method to setup the quality slider for cq/rf values depending on
4552  * the video encoder selected.
4553  */
4554 - (void) setupQualitySlider
4555 {
4556     /* Get the current slider maxValue to check for a change in slider scale later
4557      * so that we can choose a new similar value on the new slider scale */
4558     float previousMaxValue = [fVidQualitySlider maxValue];
4559     float previousPercentOfSliderScale = [fVidQualitySlider floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1);
4560     NSString * qpRFLabelString = @"QP:";
4561     /* x264 0-51 */
4562     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_X264)
4563     {
4564         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4565         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:51.0];
4566         /* As x264 allows for qp/rf values that are fractional, we get the value from the preferences */
4567         int fractionalGranularity = 1 / [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] floatForKey:@"x264CqSliderFractional"];
4568         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:(([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * fractionalGranularity) + 1];
4569         qpRFLabelString = @"RF:";
4570     }
4571     /* ffmpeg  1-31 */
4572     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_FFMPEG )
4573     {
4574         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:1.0];
4575         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:31.0];
4576         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:31];
4577     }
4578     /* Theora 0-63 */
4579     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4580     {
4581         [fVidQualitySlider setMinValue:0.0];
4582         [fVidQualitySlider setMaxValue:63.0];
4583         [fVidQualitySlider setNumberOfTickMarks:64];
4584     }
4585     [fVidQualityRFLabel setStringValue:qpRFLabelString];
4586
4587     /* check to see if we have changed slider scales */
4588     if (previousMaxValue != [fVidQualitySlider maxValue])
4589     {
4590         /* if so, convert the old setting to the new scale as close as possible based on percentages */
4591         float rf =  ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue] + 1) * previousPercentOfSliderScale;
4592         [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
4593     }
4594
4595     [self qualitySliderChanged:nil];
4596 }
4597
4598 - (IBAction) qualitySliderChanged: (id) sender
4599 {
4600     /* Our constant quality slider is in a range based
4601      * on each encoders qp/rf values. The range depends
4602      * on the encoder. Also, the range is inverse of quality
4603      * for all of the encoders *except* for theora
4604      * (ie. as the "quality" goes up, the cq or rf value
4605      * actually goes down). Since the IB sliders always set
4606      * their max value at the right end of the slider, we
4607      * will calculate the inverse, so as the slider floatValue
4608      * goes up, we will show the inverse in the rf field
4609      * so, the floatValue at the right for x264 would be 51
4610      * and our rf field needs to show 0 and vice versa.
4611      */
4612
4613     float sliderRfInverse = ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]) + [fVidQualitySlider minValue];
4614     /* If the encoder is theora, use the float, otherwise use the inverse float*/
4615     float sliderRfToPercent;
4616     if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
4617     {
4618         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [fVidQualitySlider floatValue]]];
4619         sliderRfToPercent = [fVidQualityRFField floatValue] / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4620     }
4621     else
4622     {
4623         [fVidQualityRFField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", sliderRfInverse]];
4624         sliderRfToPercent = ( ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])  - ([fVidQualityRFField floatValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue])) / ([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]);
4625     }
4626     [fVidConstantCell setTitle: [NSString stringWithFormat:
4627                                  NSLocalizedString( @"Constant quality: %.2f %%", @"" ), 100 * sliderRfToPercent]];
4628
4629     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4630 }
4631
4632 - (void) controlTextDidChange: (NSNotification *) notification
4633 {
4634     [self calculateBitrate:nil];
4635 }
4636
4637 - (IBAction) calculateBitrate: (id) sender
4638 {
4639     if( !fHandle || [fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow] != 0 || !SuccessfulScan )
4640     {
4641         return;
4642     }
4643
4644     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
4645     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t *) hb_list_item( list,
4646             [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
4647     hb_job_t * job = title->job;
4648     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
4649     /* For  hb_calc_bitrate in addition to the Target Size in MB out of the
4650      * Target Size Field, we also need the job info for the Muxer, the Chapters
4651      * as well as all of the audio track info.
4652      * This used to be accomplished by simply calling prepareJob here, however
4653      * since the resilient queue sets the queue array values instead of the job
4654      * values directly, we duplicate the old prepareJob code here for the variables
4655      * needed
4656      */
4657     job->chapter_start = [fSrcChapterStartPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4658     job->chapter_end = [fSrcChapterEndPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] + 1;
4659     job->mux = [[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4660
4661     /* Audio goes here */
4662     int audiotrack_count = hb_list_count(job->list_audio);
4663     for( int i = 0; i < audiotrack_count;i++)
4664     {
4665         hb_audio_t * temp_audio = (hb_audio_t*) hb_list_item( job->list_audio, 0 );
4666         hb_list_rem(job->list_audio, temp_audio);
4667     }
4668     /* Now we need our audio info here for each track if applicable */
4669     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4670     {
4671         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4672         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4673         audio->in.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4674         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4675         audio->out.track = [fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4676         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4677         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4678         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4679         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4680         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack1DrcField floatValue];
4681
4682         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4683         free(audio);
4684     }
4685     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4686     {
4687         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4688         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4689         audio->in.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4690         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4691         audio->out.track = [fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4692         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4693         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4694         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4695         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4696         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack2DrcField floatValue];
4697
4698         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4699         free(audio);
4700
4701     }
4702
4703     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4704     {
4705         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4706         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4707         audio->in.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4708         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4709         audio->out.track = [fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4710         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4711         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4712         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4713         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4714         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack3DrcField floatValue];
4715
4716         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4717         free(audio);
4718
4719     }
4720
4721     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
4722     {
4723         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(*audio));
4724         hb_audio_config_init(audio);
4725         audio->in.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4726         /* We go ahead and assign values to our audio->out.<properties> */
4727         audio->out.track = [fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
4728         audio->out.codec = [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4729         audio->out.mixdown = [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag];
4730         audio->out.bitrate = [[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4731         audio->out.samplerate = [[fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectedItem] tag];
4732         audio->out.dynamic_range_compression = [fAudTrack4DrcField floatValue];
4733
4734         hb_audio_add( job, audio );
4735         free(audio);
4736
4737     }
4738
4739 [fVidBitrateField setIntValue: hb_calc_bitrate( job, [fVidTargetSizeField intValue] )];
4740 }
4741
4742 #pragma mark -
4743 #pragma mark - Picture
4744
4745 /* lets set the picture size back to the max from right after title scan
4746    Lets use an IBAction here as down the road we could always use a checkbox
4747    in the gui to easily take the user back to max. Remember, the compiler
4748    resolves IBActions down to -(void) during compile anyway */
4749 - (IBAction) revertPictureSizeToMax: (id) sender
4750 {
4751         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
4752         /* Here we apply the title source and height */
4753     job->width = fTitle->width;
4754     job->height = fTitle->height;
4755
4756     [self calculatePictureSizing: sender];
4757     /* We call method to change UI to reflect whether a preset is used or not*/
4758     [self customSettingUsed: sender];
4759 }
4760
4761 /**
4762  * Registers changes made in the Picture Settings Window.
4763  */
4764
4765 - (void)pictureSettingsDidChange
4766 {
4767         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
4768 }
4769
4770 /* Get and Display Current Pic Settings in main window */
4771 - (IBAction) calculatePictureSizing: (id) sender
4772 {
4773         if (fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode > 0)
4774         {
4775         fTitle->job->keep_ratio = 0;
4776         }
4777
4778     [fPictureSizeField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Size: %@", [fPictureController getPictureSizeInfoString]]];
4779
4780     NSString *picCropping;
4781     /* Set the display field for crop as per boolean */
4782         if (![fPictureController autoCrop])
4783         {
4784         picCropping =  @"Custom";
4785         }
4786         else
4787         {
4788                 picCropping =  @"Auto";
4789         }
4790     picCropping = [picCropping stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" %d/%d/%d/%d",fTitle->job->crop[0],fTitle->job->crop[1],fTitle->job->crop[2],fTitle->job->crop[3]]];
4791
4792     [fPictureCroppingField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Picture Cropping: %@",picCropping]];
4793
4794     NSString *videoFilters;
4795     videoFilters = @"";
4796     /* Detelecine */
4797     if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 2)
4798     {
4799         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Detelecine (Default)"];
4800     }
4801     else if ([fPictureController detelecine] == 1)
4802     {
4803         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Detelecine (%@)",[fPictureController detelecineCustomString]]];
4804     }
4805
4806
4807     if ([fPictureController useDecomb] == 1)
4808     {
4809         /* Decomb */
4810         if ([fPictureController decomb] == 2)
4811         {
4812             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Decomb (Default)"];
4813         }
4814         else if ([fPictureController decomb] == 1)
4815         {
4816             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Decomb (%@)",[fPictureController decombCustomString]]];
4817         }
4818     }
4819     else
4820     {
4821         /* Deinterlace */
4822         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] > 0)
4823         {
4824             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 1;
4825         }
4826         else
4827         {
4828             fTitle->job->deinterlace  = 0;
4829         }
4830
4831         if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 2)
4832         {
4833             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Fast)"];
4834         }
4835         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 3)
4836         {
4837             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slow)"];
4838         }
4839         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 4)
4840         {
4841             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Deinterlace (Slower)"];
4842         }
4843         else if ([fPictureController deinterlace] == 1)
4844         {
4845             videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deinterlace (%@)",[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString]]];
4846         }
4847         }
4848
4849
4850     /* Denoise */
4851         if ([fPictureController denoise] == 2)
4852         {
4853                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Weak)"];
4854     }
4855         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 3)
4856         {
4857                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Medium)"];
4858     }
4859         else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 4)
4860         {
4861                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Denoise (Strong)"];
4862         }
4863     else if ([fPictureController denoise] == 1)
4864         {
4865                 videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Denoise (%@)",[fPictureController denoiseCustomString]]];
4866         }
4867
4868     /* Deblock */
4869     if ([fPictureController deblock] > 0)
4870     {
4871         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:[NSString stringWithFormat:@" - Deblock (%d)",[fPictureController deblock]]];
4872     }
4873
4874     /* Grayscale */
4875     if ([fPictureController grayscale])
4876     {
4877         videoFilters = [videoFilters stringByAppendingString:@" - Grayscale"];
4878     }
4879     [fVideoFiltersField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat:@"Video Filters: %@", videoFilters]];
4880
4881     //[fPictureController reloadStillPreview];
4882 }
4883
4884
4885 #pragma mark -
4886 #pragma mark - Audio and Subtitles
4887 - (IBAction) audioCodecsPopUpChanged: (id) sender
4888 {
4889
4890     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
4891     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
4892     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
4893     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
4894     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
4895     {
4896         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
4897         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
4898         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
4899         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
4900     }
4901     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
4902     {
4903         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
4904         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
4905         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
4906         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
4907     }
4908     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
4909     {
4910         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
4911         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
4912         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
4913         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
4914     }
4915     else
4916     {
4917         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
4918         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
4919         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
4920         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
4921     }
4922
4923     /* changing the codecs on offer may mean that we can / can't offer mono or 6ch, */
4924         /* so call audioTrackPopUpChanged for both audio tracks to update the mixdown popups */
4925     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiotrackPopUp];
4926
4927 }
4928
4929 - (IBAction) setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls: (id) sender
4930 {
4931     /* We will be setting the enabled/disabled state of each tracks audio controls based on
4932      * the settings of the source audio for that track. We leave the samplerate and bitrate
4933      * to audiotrackMixdownChanged
4934      */
4935
4936     /* We will first verify that a lower track number has been selected before enabling each track
4937      * for example, make sure a track is selected for track 1 before enabling track 2, etc.
4938      */
4939     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4940     {
4941         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4942         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4943     }
4944     else
4945     {
4946         [fAudLang2PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4947     }
4948
4949     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4950     {
4951         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4952         [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4953     }
4954     else
4955     {
4956         [fAudLang3PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4957     }
4958     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4959     {
4960         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: NO];
4961         [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
4962     }
4963     else
4964     {
4965         [fAudLang4PopUp setEnabled: YES];
4966     }
4967     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 1 */
4968     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4969     [fAudTrack1MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4970     [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4971     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4972     [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4973     [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4974     if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4975     {
4976         [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
4977         [fAudTrack1MixPopUp removeAllItems];
4978         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp removeAllItems];
4979         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
4980         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
4981         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
4982     }
4983     else if ([[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
4984     {
4985         [fAudTrack1RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4986         [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
4987         [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
4988         [fAudTrack1DrcField setEnabled: NO];
4989     }
4990
4991     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 2 */
4992     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4993     [fAudTrack2MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4994     [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4995     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4996     [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4997     [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
4998     if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
4999     {
5000         [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5001         [fAudTrack2MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5002         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5003         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5004         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5005         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
5006     }
5007     else if ([[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5008     {
5009         [fAudTrack2RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5010         [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5011         [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5012         [fAudTrack2DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5013     }
5014
5015     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 3 */
5016     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5017     [fAudTrack3MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5018     [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5019     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5020     [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5021     [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5022     if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5023     {
5024         [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5025         [fAudTrack3MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5026         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5027         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5028         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5029         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
5030     }
5031     else if ([[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5032     {
5033         [fAudTrack3RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5034         [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5035         [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5036         [fAudTrack3DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5037     }
5038
5039     /* enable/disable the mixdown text and popupbutton for audio track 4 */
5040     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5041     [fAudTrack4MixPopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5042     [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5043     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5044     [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5045     [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) ? NO : YES];
5046     if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
5047     {
5048         [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5049         [fAudTrack4MixPopUp removeAllItems];
5050         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp removeAllItems];
5051         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5052         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5053         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
5054     }
5055     else if ([[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5056     {
5057         [fAudTrack4RatePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5058         [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5059         [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5060         [fAudTrack4DrcField setEnabled: NO];
5061     }
5062
5063 }
5064
5065 - (IBAction) addAllAudioTracksToPopUp: (id) sender
5066 {
5067
5068     hb_list_t  * list  = hb_get_titles( fHandle );
5069     hb_title_t * title = (hb_title_t*)
5070         hb_list_item( list, [fSrcTitlePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] );
5071
5072         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5073
5074     [sender removeAllItems];
5075     [sender addItemWithTitle: NSLocalizedString( @"None", @"" )];
5076     for( int i = 0; i < hb_list_count( title->list_audio ); i++ )
5077     {
5078         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( title->list_audio, i );
5079         [[sender menu] addItemWithTitle:
5080             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: audio->lang.description]
5081             action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5082     }
5083     [sender selectItemAtIndex: 0];
5084
5085 }
5086
5087 - (IBAction) selectAudioTrackInPopUp: (id) sender searchPrefixString: (NSString *) searchPrefixString selectIndexIfNotFound: (int) selectIndexIfNotFound
5088 {
5089
5090     /* this method can be used to find a language, or a language-and-source-format combination, by passing in the appropriate string */
5091     /* e.g. to find the first French track, pass in an NSString * of "Francais" */
5092     /* e.g. to find the first English 5.1 AC3 track, pass in an NSString * of "English (AC3) (5.1 ch)" */
5093     /* if no matching track is found, then selectIndexIfNotFound is used to choose which track to select instead */
5094
5095         if (searchPrefixString)
5096         {
5097
5098         for( int i = 0; i < [sender numberOfItems]; i++ )
5099         {
5100             /* Try to find the desired search string */
5101             if ([[[sender itemAtIndex: i] title] hasPrefix:searchPrefixString])
5102             {
5103                 [sender selectItemAtIndex: i];
5104                 return;
5105             }
5106         }
5107         /* couldn't find the string, so select the requested "search string not found" item */
5108         /* index of 0 means select the "none" item */
5109         /* index of 1 means select the first audio track */
5110         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5111         }
5112     else
5113     {
5114         /* if no search string is provided, then select the selectIndexIfNotFound item */
5115         [sender selectItemAtIndex: selectIndexIfNotFound];
5116     }
5117
5118 }
5119 - (IBAction) audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: (id)sender
5120 {
5121     int format = [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem];
5122
5123     /* setup pointers to the appropriate popups for the correct track */
5124     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5125     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5126     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp)
5127     {
5128         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5129         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5130     }
5131     else if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp)
5132     {
5133         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5134         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5135     }
5136     else if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp)
5137     {
5138         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5139         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5140     }
5141     else
5142     {
5143         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5144         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5145     }
5146
5147     [audiocodecPopUp removeAllItems];
5148     /* Make sure "None" isnt selected in the source track */
5149     if ([audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
5150     {
5151         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:YES];
5152         NSMenuItem *menuItem;
5153         /* We setup our appropriate popups for codecs and put the int value in the popup tag for easy retrieval */
5154         switch( format )
5155         {
5156             case 0:
5157                 /* MP4 */
5158                 // FAAC
5159                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5160                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5161
5162                 // CA_AAC
5163                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5164                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5165
5166                 // AC3 Passthru
5167                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5168                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5169                 break;
5170
5171             case 1:
5172                 /* MKV */
5173                 // FAAC
5174                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (faac)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5175                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5176                 // CA_AAC
5177                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5178                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC];
5179                 // AC3 Passthru
5180                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5181                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5182                 // DTS Passthru
5183                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"DTS Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5184                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5185                 // MP3
5186                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5187                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5188                 // Vorbis
5189                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5190                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5191                 break;
5192
5193             case 2:
5194                 /* AVI */
5195                 // MP3
5196                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5197                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5198                 // AC3 Passthru
5199                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"AC3 Passthru" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5200                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5201                 break;
5202
5203             case 3:
5204                 /* OGM */
5205                 // Vorbis
5206                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"Vorbis (vorbis)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5207                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_VORBIS];
5208                 // MP3
5209                 menuItem = [[audiocodecPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:@"MP3 (lame)" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5210                 [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5211                 break;
5212         }
5213         [audiocodecPopUp selectItemAtIndex:0];
5214     }
5215     else
5216     {
5217         [audiocodecPopUp setEnabled:NO];
5218     }
5219 }
5220
5221 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender
5222 {
5223     /* utility function to call audioTrackPopUpChanged without passing in a mixdown-to-use */
5224     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: sender mixdownToUse: 0];
5225 }
5226
5227 - (IBAction) audioTrackPopUpChanged: (id) sender mixdownToUse: (int) mixdownToUse
5228 {
5229
5230     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5231     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5232     /* if the sender is the lanaguage popup and there is nothing in the codec popup, lets call
5233     * audioAddAudioTrackCodecs on the codec popup to populate it properly before moving on
5234     */
5235     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp && [[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5236     {
5237         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
5238     }
5239     if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp && [[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5240     {
5241         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
5242     }
5243     if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp && [[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5244     {
5245         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
5246     }
5247     if (sender == fAudLang4PopUp && [[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp menu] numberOfItems] == 0)
5248     {
5249         [self audioAddAudioTrackCodecs: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
5250     }
5251
5252     /* Now lets make the sender the appropriate Audio Track popup from this point on */
5253     if (sender == fAudTrack1CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5254     {
5255         sender = fAudLang1PopUp;
5256     }
5257     if (sender == fAudTrack2CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5258     {
5259         sender = fAudLang2PopUp;
5260     }
5261     if (sender == fAudTrack3CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5262     {
5263         sender = fAudLang3PopUp;
5264     }
5265     if (sender == fAudTrack4CodecPopUp || sender == fAudTrack4MixPopUp)
5266     {
5267         sender = fAudLang4PopUp;
5268     }
5269
5270     /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
5271     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5272     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5273     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5274     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5275     if (sender == fAudLang1PopUp)
5276     {
5277         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5278         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5279         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5280         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5281     }
5282     else if (sender == fAudLang2PopUp)
5283     {
5284         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5285         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5286         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5287         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5288     }
5289     else if (sender == fAudLang3PopUp)
5290     {
5291         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5292         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5293         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5294         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5295     }
5296     else
5297     {
5298         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5299         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5300         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5301         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5302     }
5303
5304     /* get the index of the selected audio Track*/
5305     int thisAudioIndex = [sender indexOfSelectedItem] - 1;
5306
5307     /* pointer for the hb_audio_s struct we will use later on */
5308     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5309
5310     int acodec;
5311     /* check if the audio mixdown controls need their enabled state changing */
5312     [self setEnabledStateOfAudioMixdownControls:nil];
5313
5314     if (thisAudioIndex != -1)
5315     {
5316
5317         /* get the audio */
5318         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, thisAudioIndex );// Should "fTitle" be title and be setup ?
5319
5320         /* actually manipulate the proper mixdowns here */
5321         /* delete the previous audio mixdown options */
5322         [mixdownPopUp removeAllItems];
5323
5324         acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5325
5326         if (audio != NULL)
5327         {
5328
5329             /* find out if our selected output audio codec supports mono and / or 6ch */
5330             /* we also check for an input codec of AC3 or DCA,
5331              as they are the only libraries able to do the mixdown to mono / conversion to 6-ch */
5332             /* audioCodecsSupportMono and audioCodecsSupport6Ch are the same for now,
5333              but this may change in the future, so they are separated for flexibility */
5334             int audioCodecsSupportMono =
5335                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
5336                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5337             int audioCodecsSupport6Ch =
5338                     (audio->in.codec & (HB_ACODEC_AC3|HB_ACODEC_DCA)) &&
5339                     (acodec != HB_ACODEC_LAME);
5340
5341             /* check for AC-3 passthru */
5342             if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5343             {
5344
5345             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5346                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "AC3 Passthru"]
5347                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5348              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5349             }
5350             else if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5351             {
5352             NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5353                  [NSString stringWithUTF8String: "DTS Passthru"]
5354                                                action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5355              [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5356             }
5357             else
5358             {
5359
5360                 /* add the appropriate audio mixdown menuitems to the popupbutton */
5361                 /* in each case, we set the new menuitem's tag to be the amixdown value for that mixdown,
5362                  so that we can reference the mixdown later */
5363
5364                 /* keep a track of the min and max mixdowns we used, so we can select the best match later */
5365                 int minMixdownUsed = 0;
5366                 int maxMixdownUsed = 0;
5367
5368                 /* get the input channel layout without any lfe channels */
5369                 int layout = audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DISCRETE_NO_LFE_MASK;
5370
5371                 /* do we want to add a mono option? */
5372                 if (audioCodecsSupportMono == 1)
5373                 {
5374                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5375                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].human_readable_name]
5376                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5377                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown];
5378                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown;
5379                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[0].amixdown);
5380                 }
5381
5382                 /* do we want to add a stereo option? */
5383                 /* offer stereo if we have a mono source and non-mono-supporting codecs, as otherwise we won't have a mixdown at all */
5384                 /* also offer stereo if we have a stereo-or-better source */
5385                 if ((layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_MONO && audioCodecsSupportMono == 0) || layout >= HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
5386                 {
5387                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5388                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].human_readable_name]
5389                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5390                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown];
5391                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown;
5392                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[1].amixdown);
5393                 }
5394
5395                 /* do we want to add a dolby surround (DPL1) option? */
5396                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F1R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R || layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_DOLBY)
5397                 {
5398                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5399                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].human_readable_name]
5400                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5401                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown];
5402                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown;
5403                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[2].amixdown);
5404                 }
5405
5406                 /* do we want to add a dolby pro logic 2 (DPL2) option? */
5407                 if (layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R)
5408                 {
5409                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5410                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].human_readable_name]
5411                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5412                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown];
5413                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown;
5414                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[3].amixdown);
5415                 }
5416
5417                 /* do we want to add a 6-channel discrete option? */
5418                 if (audioCodecsSupport6Ch == 1 && layout == HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_3F2R && (audio->in.channel_layout & HB_INPUT_CH_LAYOUT_HAS_LFE))
5419                 {
5420                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5421                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].human_readable_name]
5422                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5423                     [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown];
5424                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown;
5425                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[4].amixdown);
5426                 }
5427
5428                 /* do we want to add an AC-3 passthrough option? */
5429                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_AC3 && acodec == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5430                 {
5431                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5432                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5433                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5434                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_AC3];
5435                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5436                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5437                 }
5438
5439                 /* do we want to add a DTS Passthru option ? HB_ACODEC_DCA*/
5440                 if (audio->in.codec == HB_ACODEC_DCA && acodec == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5441                 {
5442                     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[mixdownPopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5443                                             [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_mixdowns[5].human_readable_name]
5444                                                                           action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5445                     [menuItem setTag: HB_ACODEC_DCA];
5446                     if (minMixdownUsed == 0) minMixdownUsed = hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown;
5447                     maxMixdownUsed = MAX(maxMixdownUsed, hb_audio_mixdowns[5].amixdown);
5448                 }
5449
5450                 /* auto-select the best mixdown based on our saved mixdown preference */
5451
5452                 /* for now, this is hard-coded to a "best" mixdown of HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII */
5453                 /* ultimately this should be a prefs option */
5454                 int useMixdown;
5455
5456                 /* if we passed in a mixdown to use - in order to load a preset - then try and use it */
5457                 if (mixdownToUse > 0)
5458                 {
5459                     useMixdown = mixdownToUse;
5460                 }
5461                 else
5462                 {
5463                     useMixdown = HB_AMIXDOWN_DOLBYPLII;
5464                 }
5465
5466                 /* if useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed, then use maxMixdownUsed */
5467                 if (useMixdown > maxMixdownUsed)
5468                 {
5469                     useMixdown = maxMixdownUsed;
5470                 }
5471
5472                 /* if useMixdown < minMixdownUsed, then use minMixdownUsed */
5473                 if (useMixdown < minMixdownUsed)
5474                 {
5475                     useMixdown = minMixdownUsed;
5476                 }
5477
5478                 /* select the (possibly-amended) preferred mixdown */
5479                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTag: useMixdown];
5480
5481             }
5482             /* In the case of a source track that is not AC3 and the user tries to use AC3 Passthru (which does not work)
5483              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5484              * other containers.
5485              */
5486             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3)
5487             {
5488                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5489                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5490                 {
5491                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5492                 }
5493                 else
5494                 {
5495                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5496                 }
5497             }
5498
5499             /* In the case of a source track that is not DTS and the user tries to use DTS Passthru (which does not work)
5500              * we force the Audio Codec choice back to a workable codec. We use MP3 for avi and aac for all
5501              * other containers.
5502              */
5503             if (audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA && [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5504             {
5505                 /* If we are using the avi container, we select MP3 as there is no aac available*/
5506                 if ([[fDstFormatPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_MUX_AVI)
5507                 {
5508                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_LAME];
5509                 }
5510                 else
5511                 {
5512                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTag: HB_ACODEC_FAAC];
5513                 }
5514             }
5515
5516             /* Setup our samplerate and bitrate popups we will need based on mixdown */
5517             [self audioTrackMixdownChanged: mixdownPopUp];
5518         }
5519
5520     }
5521     if( [fDstFormatPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0 )
5522     {
5523         [self autoSetM4vExtension: sender];
5524     }
5525 }
5526
5527 - (IBAction) audioTrackMixdownChanged: (id) sender
5528 {
5529
5530     int acodec;
5531     /* setup pointers to all of the other audio track controls
5532     * we will need later
5533     */
5534     NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp;
5535     NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp;
5536     NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp;
5537     NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp;
5538     NSPopUpButton * audiotrackPopUp;
5539     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5540     NSTextField * drcField;
5541     if (sender == fAudTrack1MixPopUp)
5542     {
5543         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
5544         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
5545         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
5546         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
5547         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
5548         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5549         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5550     }
5551     else if (sender == fAudTrack2MixPopUp)
5552     {
5553         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
5554         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
5555         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
5556         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
5557         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
5558         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5559         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5560     }
5561     else if (sender == fAudTrack3MixPopUp)
5562     {
5563         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
5564         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
5565         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
5566         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
5567         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
5568         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5569         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5570     }
5571     else
5572     {
5573         audiotrackPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
5574         audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
5575         mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
5576         sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
5577         bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
5578         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5579         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5580     }
5581     acodec = [[audiocodecPopUp selectedItem] tag];
5582     /* storage variable for the min and max bitrate allowed for this codec */
5583     int minbitrate;
5584     int maxbitrate;
5585
5586     switch( acodec )
5587     {
5588         case HB_ACODEC_FAAC:
5589             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5590             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5591             {
5592                 /* FAAC has a minimum of 192 kbps for 6-channel discrete */
5593                 minbitrate = 192;
5594                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 448 kbps */
5595                 maxbitrate = 448;
5596                 break;
5597             }
5598             else
5599             {
5600                 /* FAAC is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps for stereo or mono */
5601                 minbitrate = 32;
5602                 /* FAAC won't honour anything more than 160 for stereo, so let's not offer it */
5603                 /* note: haven't dealt with mono separately here, FAAC will just use the max it can */
5604                 maxbitrate = 160;
5605                 break;
5606             }
5607
5608         case HB_ACODEC_CA_AAC:
5609             /* check if we have a 6ch discrete conversion in either audio track */
5610             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5611             {
5612                 minbitrate = 128;
5613                 maxbitrate = 768;
5614                 break;
5615             }
5616             else
5617             {
5618                 minbitrate = 64;
5619                 maxbitrate = 320;
5620                 break;
5621             }
5622
5623             case HB_ACODEC_LAME:
5624             /* Lame is happy using our min bitrate of 32 kbps */
5625             minbitrate = 32;
5626             /* Lame won't encode if the bitrate is higher than 320 kbps */
5627             maxbitrate = 320;
5628             break;
5629
5630             case HB_ACODEC_VORBIS:
5631             if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5632             {
5633                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 192 kbps with 6 channel */
5634                 minbitrate = 192;
5635                 /* If either mixdown popup includes 6-channel discrete, then allow up to 384 kbps */
5636                 maxbitrate = 384;
5637                 break;
5638             }
5639             else
5640             {
5641                 /* Vorbis causes a crash if we use a bitrate below 48 kbps */
5642                 minbitrate = 48;
5643                 /* Vorbis can cope with 384 kbps quite happily, even for stereo */
5644                 maxbitrate = 384;
5645                 break;
5646             }
5647
5648             default:
5649             /* AC3 passthru disables the bitrate dropdown anyway, so we might as well just use the min and max bitrate */
5650             minbitrate = 32;
5651             maxbitrate = 384;
5652
5653     }
5654
5655     /* make sure we have a selected title before continuing */
5656     if (fTitle == NULL) return;
5657     /* get the audio so we can find out what input rates are*/
5658     hb_audio_config_t * audio;
5659     audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [audiotrackPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
5660     int inputbitrate = audio->in.bitrate / 1000;
5661     int inputsamplerate = audio->in.samplerate;
5662
5663     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_AC3 && [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] != HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5664     {
5665         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5666
5667         for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_bitrates_count; i++ )
5668         {
5669             if (hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate >= minbitrate && hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate <= maxbitrate)
5670             {
5671                 /* add a new menuitem for this bitrate */
5672                 NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5673                                         [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_bitrates[i].string]
5674                                                                       action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5675                 /* set its tag to be the actual bitrate as an integer, so we can retrieve it later */
5676                 [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_bitrates[i].rate];
5677             }
5678         }
5679
5680         /* select the default bitrate (but use 384 for 6-ch AAC) */
5681         if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_AMIXDOWN_6CH)
5682         {
5683             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: 384];
5684         }
5685         else
5686         {
5687             [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTag: hb_audio_bitrates[hb_audio_bitrates_default].rate];
5688         }
5689     }
5690     /* populate and set the sample rate popup */
5691     /* Audio samplerate */
5692     [sampleratePopUp removeAllItems];
5693     /* we create a same as source selection (Auto) so that we can choose to use the input sample rate */
5694     NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle: @"Auto" action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5695     [menuItem setTag: inputsamplerate];
5696
5697     for( int i = 0; i < hb_audio_rates_count; i++ )
5698     {
5699         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[sampleratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5700                                 [NSString stringWithUTF8String: hb_audio_rates[i].string]
5701                                                                  action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5702         [menuItem setTag: hb_audio_rates[i].rate];
5703     }
5704     /* We use the input sample rate as the default sample rate as downsampling just makes audio worse
5705     * and there is no compelling reason to use anything else as default, though the users default
5706     * preset will likely override any setting chosen here.
5707     */
5708     [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTag: inputsamplerate];
5709
5710
5711     /* Since AC3 Pass Thru and DTS Pass Thru uses the input bitrate and sample rate, we get the input tracks
5712     * bitrate and display it in the bitrate popup even though libhb happily ignores any bitrate input from
5713     * the gui. We do this for better user feedback in the audio tab as well as the queue for the most part
5714     */
5715     if ([[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_AC3 || [[mixdownPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_ACODEC_DCA)
5716     {
5717
5718         /* lets also set the bitrate popup to the input bitrate as thats what passthru will use */
5719         [bitratePopUp removeAllItems];
5720         NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[bitratePopUp menu] addItemWithTitle:
5721                                 [NSString stringWithFormat:@"%d", inputbitrate]
5722                                                               action: NULL keyEquivalent: @""];
5723         [menuItem setTag: inputbitrate];
5724         /* For ac3 passthru we disable the sample rate and bitrate popups as well as the drc slider*/
5725         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5726         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: NO];
5727
5728         [drcSlider setFloatValue: 0.00];
5729         [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
5730         [drcSlider setEnabled: NO];
5731         [drcField setEnabled: NO];
5732     }
5733     else
5734     {
5735         [sampleratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5736         [bitratePopUp setEnabled: YES];
5737         [drcSlider setEnabled: YES];
5738         [drcField setEnabled: YES];
5739     }
5740 [self calculateBitrate:nil];
5741 }
5742
5743 - (IBAction) audioDRCSliderChanged: (id) sender
5744 {
5745     NSSlider * drcSlider;
5746     NSTextField * drcField;
5747     if (sender == fAudTrack1DrcSlider)
5748     {
5749         drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
5750         drcField = fAudTrack1DrcField;
5751     }
5752     else if (sender == fAudTrack2DrcSlider)
5753     {
5754         drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
5755         drcField = fAudTrack2DrcField;
5756     }
5757     else if (sender == fAudTrack3DrcSlider)
5758     {
5759         drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
5760         drcField = fAudTrack3DrcField;
5761     }
5762     else
5763     {
5764         drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
5765         drcField = fAudTrack4DrcField;
5766     }
5767
5768     /* If we are between 0.0 and 1.0 on the slider, snap it to 1.0 */
5769     if ([drcSlider floatValue] > 0.0 && [drcSlider floatValue] < 1.0)
5770     {
5771         [drcSlider setFloatValue:1.0];
5772     }
5773
5774
5775     [drcField setStringValue: [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%.2f", [drcSlider floatValue]]];
5776     /* For now, do not call this until we have an intelligent way to determine audio track selections
5777     * compared to presets
5778     */
5779     //[self customSettingUsed: sender];
5780 }
5781
5782 #pragma mark -
5783
5784 - (IBAction) browseImportSrtFile: (id) sender
5785 {
5786
5787     NSOpenPanel * panel;
5788
5789     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
5790     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
5791     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
5792     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
5793     NSString * sourceDirectory;
5794         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"])
5795         {
5796                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
5797         }
5798         else
5799         {
5800                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
5801                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
5802         }
5803     /* we open up the browse srt sheet here and call for browseImportSrtFileDone after the sheet is closed */
5804     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"srt", nil];
5805     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
5806                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
5807                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportSrtFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
5808                       contextInfo: sender];
5809 }
5810
5811 - (void) browseImportSrtFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
5812                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
5813 {
5814     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
5815     {
5816         NSString *importSrtDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
5817         NSString *importSrtFilePath = [sheet filename];
5818         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importSrtDirectory forKey:@"LastSrtImportDirectory"];
5819
5820         /* now pass the string off to fSubtitlesDelegate to add the srt file to the dropdown */
5821         [fSubtitlesDelegate createSubtitleSrtTrack:importSrtFilePath];
5822
5823         [fSubtitlesTable reloadData];
5824
5825     }
5826 }
5827
5828 #pragma mark -
5829 #pragma mark Open New Windows
5830
5831 - (IBAction) openHomepage: (id) sender
5832 {
5833     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5834         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/"]];
5835 }
5836
5837 - (IBAction) openForums: (id) sender
5838 {
5839     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5840         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/forum/"]];
5841 }
5842 - (IBAction) openUserGuide: (id) sender
5843 {
5844     [[NSWorkspace sharedWorkspace] openURL: [NSURL
5845         URLWithString:@"http://handbrake.fr/trac/wiki/HandBrakeGuide"]];
5846 }
5847
5848 /**
5849  * Shows debug output window.
5850  */
5851 - (IBAction)showDebugOutputPanel:(id)sender
5852 {
5853     [outputPanel showOutputPanel:sender];
5854 }
5855
5856 /**
5857  * Shows preferences window.
5858  */
5859 - (IBAction) showPreferencesWindow: (id) sender
5860 {
5861     NSWindow * window = [fPreferencesController window];
5862     if (![window isVisible])
5863         [window center];
5864
5865     [window makeKeyAndOrderFront: nil];
5866 }
5867
5868 /**
5869  * Shows queue window.
5870  */
5871 - (IBAction) showQueueWindow:(id)sender
5872 {
5873     [fQueueController showQueueWindow:sender];
5874 }
5875
5876
5877 - (IBAction) toggleDrawer:(id)sender {
5878     [fPresetDrawer toggle:self];
5879 }
5880
5881 /**
5882  * Shows Picture Settings Window.
5883  */
5884
5885 - (IBAction) showPicturePanel: (id) sender
5886 {
5887         [fPictureController showPictureWindow:sender];
5888 }
5889
5890 - (void) picturePanelFullScreen
5891 {
5892         [fPictureController setToFullScreenMode];
5893 }
5894
5895 - (void) picturePanelWindowed
5896 {
5897         [fPictureController setToWindowedMode];
5898 }
5899
5900 - (IBAction) showPreviewWindow: (id) sender
5901 {
5902         [fPictureController showPreviewWindow:sender];
5903 }
5904
5905 #pragma mark -
5906 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods
5907 #pragma mark - Required
5908 /* These are required by the NSOutlineView Datasource Delegate */
5909
5910
5911 /* used to specify the number of levels to show for each item */
5912 - (int)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView numberOfChildrenOfItem:(id)item
5913 {
5914     /* currently use no levels to test outline view viability */
5915     if (item == nil) // for an outline view the root level of the hierarchy is always nil
5916     {
5917         return [UserPresets count];
5918     }
5919     else
5920     {
5921         /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5922         NSArray *children = nil;
5923         children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5924         if ([children count] > 0)
5925         {
5926             return [children count];
5927         }
5928         else
5929         {
5930             return 0;
5931         }
5932     }
5933 }
5934
5935 /* We use this to deterimine children of an item */
5936 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView child:(NSInteger)index ofItem:(id)item
5937 {
5938
5939     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5940     NSArray *children = nil;
5941     if (item == nil)
5942     {
5943         children = UserPresets;
5944     }
5945     else
5946     {
5947         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5948         {
5949             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5950         }
5951     }
5952     if ((children == nil) || ( [children count] <= (NSUInteger) index))
5953     {
5954         return nil;
5955     }
5956     else
5957     {
5958         return [children objectAtIndex:index];
5959     }
5960
5961
5962     // We are only one level deep, so we can't be asked about children
5963     //NSAssert (NO, @"Presets View outlineView:child:ofItem: currently can't handle nested items.");
5964     //return nil;
5965 }
5966
5967 /* We use this to determine if an item should be expandable */
5968 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView isItemExpandable:(id)item
5969 {
5970
5971     /* we need to return the count of the array in ChildrenArray for this folder */
5972     NSArray *children= nil;
5973     if (item == nil)
5974     {
5975         children = UserPresets;
5976     }
5977     else
5978     {
5979         if ([item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
5980         {
5981             children = [item objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
5982         }
5983     }
5984
5985     /* To deterimine if an item should show a disclosure triangle
5986      * we could do it by the children count as so:
5987      * if ([children count] < 1)
5988      * However, lets leave the triangle show even if there are no
5989      * children to help indicate a folder, just like folder in the
5990      * finder can show a disclosure triangle even when empty
5991      */
5992
5993     /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
5994    if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
5995    {
5996         return YES;
5997     }
5998     else
5999     {
6000         return NO;
6001     }
6002
6003 }
6004
6005 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView shouldExpandItem:(id)item
6006 {
6007     // Our outline view has no levels, but we can still expand every item. Doing so
6008     // just makes the row taller. See heightOfRowByItem below.
6009 //return ![(HBQueueOutlineView*)outlineView isDragging];
6010
6011 return YES;
6012 }
6013
6014
6015 /* Used to tell the outline view which information is to be displayed per item */
6016 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView objectValueForTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6017 {
6018         /* We have two columns right now, icon and PresetName */
6019
6020     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6021     {
6022         return [item objectForKey:@"PresetName"];
6023     }
6024     else
6025     {
6026         //return @"";
6027         return nil;
6028     }
6029 }
6030
6031 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView itemForPersistentObject:(id)object
6032 {
6033     return [NSKeyedUnarchiver unarchiveObjectWithData:object];
6034 }
6035 - (id)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView persistentObjectForItem:(id)item
6036 {
6037     return [NSKeyedArchiver archivedDataWithRootObject:item];
6038 }
6039
6040 #pragma mark - Added Functionality (optional)
6041 /* Use to customize the font and display characteristics of the title cell */
6042 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView willDisplayCell:(id)cell forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn item:(id)item
6043 {
6044     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6045     {
6046         NSFont *txtFont;
6047         NSColor *fontColor;
6048         NSColor *shadowColor;
6049         txtFont = [NSFont systemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6050         /*check to see if its a selected row */
6051         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] == [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem:item])
6052         {
6053
6054             fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6055             shadowColor = [NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:(127.0/255.0) green:(140.0/255.0) blue:(160.0/255.0) alpha:1.0];
6056         }
6057         else
6058         {
6059             if ([[item objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6060             {
6061                 fontColor = [NSColor blueColor];
6062             }
6063             else // User created preset, use a black font
6064             {
6065                 fontColor = [NSColor blackColor];
6066             }
6067             /* check to see if its a folder */
6068             //if ([[item objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
6069             //{
6070             //fontColor = [NSColor greenColor];
6071             //}
6072
6073
6074         }
6075         /* We use Bold Text for the HB Default */
6076         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)// 1 is HB default
6077         {
6078             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6079         }
6080         /* We use Bold Text for the User Specified Default */
6081         if ([[item objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2)// 2 is User default
6082         {
6083             txtFont = [NSFont boldSystemFontOfSize: [NSFont smallSystemFontSize]];
6084         }
6085
6086
6087         [cell setTextColor:fontColor];
6088         [cell setFont:txtFont];
6089
6090     }
6091 }
6092
6093 /* We use this to edit the name field in the outline view */
6094 - (void)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView setObjectValue:(id)object forTableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tableColumn byItem:(id)item
6095 {
6096     if ([[tableColumn identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6097     {
6098         id theRecord;
6099
6100         theRecord = item;
6101         [theRecord setObject:object forKey:@"PresetName"];
6102
6103         [self sortPresets];
6104
6105         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6106         /* We save all of the preset data here */
6107         [self savePreset];
6108     }
6109 }
6110 /* We use this to provide tooltips for the items in the presets outline view */
6111 - (NSString *)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)fPresetsOutlineView toolTipForCell:(NSCell *)cell rect:(NSRectPointer)rect tableColumn:(NSTableColumn *)tc item:(id)item mouseLocation:(NSPoint)mouseLocation
6112 {
6113     //if ([[tc identifier] isEqualToString:@"PresetName"])
6114     //{
6115         /* initialize the tooltip contents variable */
6116         NSString *loc_tip;
6117         /* if there is a description for the preset, we show it in the tooltip */
6118         if ([item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"])
6119         {
6120             loc_tip = [item objectForKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6121             return (loc_tip);
6122         }
6123         else
6124         {
6125             loc_tip = @"No description available";
6126         }
6127         return (loc_tip);
6128     //}
6129 }
6130
6131 #pragma mark -
6132 #pragma mark Preset Outline View Methods (dragging related)
6133
6134
6135 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView writeItems:(NSArray *)items toPasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)pboard
6136 {
6137         // Dragging is only allowed for custom presets.
6138     //[[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1
6139         if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // 0 is built in preset
6140     {
6141         return NO;
6142     }
6143     // Don't retain since this is just holding temporaral drag information, and it is
6144     //only used during a drag!  We could put this in the pboard actually.
6145     fDraggedNodes = items;
6146     // Provide data for our custom type, and simple NSStrings.
6147     [pboard declareTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects: DragDropSimplePboardType, nil] owner:self];
6148
6149     // the actual data doesn't matter since DragDropSimplePboardType drags aren't recognized by anyone but us!.
6150     [pboard setData:[NSData data] forType:DragDropSimplePboardType];
6151
6152     return YES;
6153 }
6154
6155 - (NSDragOperation)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView validateDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info proposedItem:(id)item proposedChildIndex:(NSInteger)index
6156 {
6157
6158         // Don't allow dropping ONTO an item since they can't really contain any children.
6159
6160     BOOL isOnDropTypeProposal = index == NSOutlineViewDropOnItemIndex;
6161     if (isOnDropTypeProposal)
6162         return NSDragOperationNone;
6163
6164     // Don't allow dropping INTO an item since they can't really contain any children as of yet.
6165         if (item != nil)
6166         {
6167                 index = [fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: item] + 1;
6168                 item = nil;
6169         }
6170
6171     // Don't allow dropping into the Built In Presets.
6172     if (index < presetCurrentBuiltInCount)
6173     {
6174         return NSDragOperationNone;
6175         index = MAX (index, presetCurrentBuiltInCount);
6176         }
6177
6178     [outlineView setDropItem:item dropChildIndex:index];
6179     return NSDragOperationGeneric;
6180 }
6181
6182
6183
6184 - (BOOL)outlineView:(NSOutlineView *)outlineView acceptDrop:(id <NSDraggingInfo>)info item:(id)item childIndex:(NSInteger)index
6185 {
6186     /* first, lets see if we are dropping into a folder */
6187     if ([[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1) // if its a folder
6188         {
6189     NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6190     childrenArray = [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6191     [childrenArray addObject:item];
6192     [[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:index] setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6193     [childrenArray autorelease];
6194     }
6195     else // We are not, so we just move the preset into the existing array
6196     {
6197         NSMutableIndexSet *moveItems = [NSMutableIndexSet indexSet];
6198         id obj;
6199         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [fDraggedNodes objectEnumerator];
6200         while (obj = [enumerator nextObject])
6201         {
6202             [moveItems addIndex:[UserPresets indexOfObject:obj]];
6203         }
6204         // Successful drop, lets rearrange the view and save it all
6205         [self moveObjectsInPresetsArray:UserPresets fromIndexes:moveItems toIndex: index];
6206     }
6207     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6208     [self savePreset];
6209     return YES;
6210 }
6211
6212 - (void)moveObjectsInPresetsArray:(NSMutableArray *)array fromIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)indexSet toIndex:(NSUInteger)insertIndex
6213 {
6214     NSUInteger index = [indexSet lastIndex];
6215     NSUInteger aboveInsertIndexCount = 0;
6216
6217     NSUInteger removeIndex;
6218
6219     if (index >= insertIndex)
6220     {
6221         removeIndex = index + aboveInsertIndexCount;
6222         aboveInsertIndexCount++;
6223     }
6224     else
6225     {
6226         removeIndex = index;
6227         insertIndex--;
6228     }
6229
6230     id object = [[array objectAtIndex:removeIndex] retain];
6231     [array removeObjectAtIndex:removeIndex];
6232     [array insertObject:object atIndex:insertIndex];
6233     [object release];
6234
6235     index = [indexSet indexLessThanIndex:index];
6236 }
6237
6238
6239
6240 #pragma mark - Functional Preset NSOutlineView Methods
6241
6242 - (IBAction)selectPreset:(id)sender
6243 {
6244
6245     if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
6246     {
6247         chosenPreset = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6248         [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6249
6250         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1)
6251         {
6252             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ (Default)", [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]]];
6253         }
6254         else
6255         {
6256             [fPresetSelectedDisplay setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PresetName"]];
6257         }
6258
6259         /* File Format */
6260         [fDstFormatPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"FileFormat"]];
6261         [self formatPopUpChanged:nil];
6262
6263         /* Chapter Markers*/
6264         [fCreateChapterMarkers setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"ChapterMarkers"] intValue]];
6265         /* check to see if we have only one chapter */
6266         [self chapterPopUpChanged:nil];
6267
6268         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
6269         [fDstMp4LargeFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"] intValue]];
6270         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
6271         [fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"] intValue]];
6272
6273         /* Video encoder */
6274         [fVidEncoderPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoEncoder"]];
6275         /* We set the advanced opt string here if applicable*/
6276         [fAdvancedOptions setOptions:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"x264Option"]];
6277
6278         /* Lets run through the following functions to get variables set there */
6279         [self videoEncoderPopUpChanged:nil];
6280         /* Set the state of ipod compatible with Mp4iPodCompatible. Only for x264*/
6281         [fDstMp4iPodFileCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"] intValue]];
6282         [self calculateBitrate:nil];
6283
6284         /* Video quality */
6285         [fVidQualityMatrix selectCellAtRow:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualityType"] intValue] column:0];
6286
6287         [fVidTargetSizeField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTargetSize"]];
6288         [fVidBitrateField setStringValue:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"]];
6289
6290         /* Since we are now using RF Values for the slider, we detect if the preset uses an old quality float.
6291          * So, check to see if the quality value is less than 1.0 which should indicate the old ".062" type
6292          * quality preset. Caveat: in the case of x264, where the RF scale starts at 0, it would misinterpret
6293          * a preset that uses 0.0 - 0.99 for RF as an old style preset. Not sure how to get around that one yet,
6294          * though it should be a corner case since it would pretty much be a preset for lossless encoding. */
6295         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue] < 1.0)
6296         {
6297             /* For the quality slider we need to convert the old percent's to the new rf scales */
6298             float rf =  (([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] - [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) * [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]);
6299             [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:rf];
6300
6301         }
6302         else
6303         {
6304             /* Since theora's qp value goes up from left to right, we can just set the slider float value */
6305             if ([[fVidEncoderPopUp selectedItem] tag] == HB_VCODEC_THEORA)
6306             {
6307                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6308             }
6309             else
6310             {
6311                 /* since ffmpeg and x264 use an "inverted" slider (lower qp/rf values indicate a higher quality) we invert the value on the slider */
6312                 [fVidQualitySlider setFloatValue:([fVidQualitySlider maxValue] + [fVidQualitySlider minValue]) - [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"] floatValue]];
6313             }
6314         }
6315
6316         [self videoMatrixChanged:nil];
6317
6318         /* Video framerate */
6319         /* For video preset video framerate, we want to make sure that Same as source does not conflict with the
6320          detected framerate in the fVidRatePopUp so we use index 0*/
6321         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"] isEqualToString:@"Same as source"])
6322         {
6323             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6324         }
6325         else
6326         {
6327             [fVidRatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoFramerate"]];
6328         }
6329
6330
6331         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
6332         [fVidTwoPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTwoPass"] intValue]];
6333         [self twoPassCheckboxChanged:nil];
6334
6335         /* Turbo 1st pass for 2 Pass Encoding */
6336         [fVidTurboPassCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"] intValue]];
6337
6338         /*Audio*/
6339         /* First we check to see if we are using the current audio track layout based on AudioList array */
6340         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"])
6341         {
6342
6343             /* pointer to this track's mixdown, codec, sample rate and bitrate NSPopUpButton's */
6344             NSPopUpButton * trackLangPopUp = nil;
6345             NSPopUpButton * mixdownPopUp = nil;
6346             NSPopUpButton * audiocodecPopUp = nil;
6347             NSPopUpButton * sampleratePopUp = nil;
6348             NSPopUpButton * bitratePopUp = nil;
6349             NSSlider      * drcSlider = nil;
6350
6351
6352             /* Populate the audio widgets based on the contents of the AudioList array */
6353             int i = 0;
6354             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"AudioList"] objectEnumerator];
6355             id tempObject;
6356             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6357             {
6358                 i++;
6359                 if( i == 1 )
6360                 {
6361                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang1PopUp;
6362                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack1MixPopUp;
6363                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack1CodecPopUp;
6364                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack1RatePopUp;
6365                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack1BitratePopUp;
6366                     drcSlider = fAudTrack1DrcSlider;
6367                 }
6368                 if( i == 2 )
6369                 {
6370                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang2PopUp;
6371                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack2MixPopUp;
6372                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack2CodecPopUp;
6373                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack2RatePopUp;
6374                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack2BitratePopUp;
6375                     drcSlider = fAudTrack2DrcSlider;
6376                 }
6377                 if( i == 3 )
6378                 {
6379                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang3PopUp;
6380                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack3MixPopUp;
6381                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack3CodecPopUp;
6382                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack3RatePopUp;
6383                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack3BitratePopUp;
6384                     drcSlider = fAudTrack3DrcSlider;
6385                 }
6386                 if( i == 4 )
6387                 {
6388                     trackLangPopUp = fAudLang4PopUp;
6389                     mixdownPopUp = fAudTrack4MixPopUp;
6390                     audiocodecPopUp = fAudTrack4CodecPopUp;
6391                     sampleratePopUp = fAudTrack4RatePopUp;
6392                     bitratePopUp = fAudTrack4BitratePopUp;
6393                     drcSlider = fAudTrack4DrcSlider;
6394                 }
6395
6396
6397                 if ([trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6398                 {
6399                     [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6400                 }
6401                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6402                 [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"]];
6403                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6404                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6405                     [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6406                 {
6407                     [audiocodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6408                 }
6409
6410                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6411                 [mixdownPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioMixdown"]];
6412                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6413                  * mixdown*/
6414                 if  ([mixdownPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6415                 {
6416                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: audiocodecPopUp];
6417                 }
6418                 [sampleratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioSamplerate"]];
6419                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6420                 if (![[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6421                 {
6422                     [bitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioBitrate"]];
6423                 }
6424                 [drcSlider setFloatValue:[[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6425                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: drcSlider];
6426
6427
6428                 /* If we are any track greater than 1 check to make sure we have a matching source codec is using ac3 passthru or dts passthru,
6429                  * if not we will set the track to "None". Track 1 is allowed to mixdown to a suitable DPL2 mix if we cannot passthru */
6430
6431                 if( i > 1 )
6432                 {
6433                     /* Check to see if the preset asks for a passhthru track (AC3 or DTS) and verify there is a matching source track if not, set the track to "None". */
6434                     if (([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] || [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])  && [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] != 0)
6435                     {
6436                         hb_audio_config_t * audio;
6437                         /* get the audio source audio codec */
6438                         audio = (hb_audio_config_t *) hb_list_audio_config_item( fTitle->list_audio, [trackLangPopUp indexOfSelectedItem] - 1 );
6439                         if (audio != NULL && [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_AC3 ||
6440                             [[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"] && audio->in.codec != HB_ACODEC_DCA )
6441                         {
6442                             /* We have a preset using ac3 passthru but no ac3 source audio, so set the track to "None" and bail */
6443                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6444                             {
6445                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for AC3 Pass thru ..."];
6446                             }
6447                             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"AudioEncoder"] isEqualToString:@"DTS Passthru"])
6448                             {
6449                                 [self writeToActivityLog: "Preset calls for DTS Pass thru ..."];
6450                             }
6451                             [self writeToActivityLog: "No matching source codec, setting track  %d to None", i];
6452                             [trackLangPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6453                             [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: trackLangPopUp];
6454                         }
6455                     }
6456                 }
6457             }
6458
6459             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6460
6461             if (i < 4)
6462             {
6463                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6464                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6465
6466                 if (i < 3)
6467                 {
6468                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6469                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6470
6471                     if (i < 2)
6472                     {
6473                         [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6474                         [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6475                     }
6476                 }
6477             }
6478
6479         }
6480         else
6481         {
6482             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Track"] > 0)
6483             {
6484                 if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6485                 {
6486                     [fAudLang1PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6487                 }
6488                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang1PopUp];
6489                 [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"]];
6490                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6491                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6492                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6493                 {
6494                     [fAudTrack1CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6495                 }
6496                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6497                 [fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Mixdown"]];
6498                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6499                  * mixdown*/
6500                 if  ([fAudTrack1MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6501                 {
6502                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack1CodecPopUp];
6503                 }
6504                 [fAudTrack1RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Samplerate"]];
6505                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6506                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6507                 {
6508                     [fAudTrack1BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1Bitrate"]];
6509                 }
6510                 [fAudTrack1DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio1TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6511                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack1DrcSlider];
6512             }
6513
6514             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] > 0)
6515             {
6516                 if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6517                 {
6518                     [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6519                 }
6520                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6521                 [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"]];
6522                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6523                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6524                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6525                 {
6526                     [fAudTrack2CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6527                 }
6528                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6529                 [fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Mixdown"]];
6530                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6531                  * mixdown*/
6532                 if  ([fAudTrack2MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6533                 {
6534                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack2CodecPopUp];
6535                 }
6536                 [fAudTrack2RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Samplerate"]];
6537                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6538                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6539                 {
6540                     [fAudTrack2BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Bitrate"]];
6541                 }
6542                 [fAudTrack2DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6543                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack2DrcSlider];
6544             }
6545             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6546             {
6547                 if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6548                 {
6549                     [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6550                 }
6551                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6552                 [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"]];
6553                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6554                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6555                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6556                 {
6557                     [fAudTrack3CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6558                 }
6559                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6560                 [fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Mixdown"]];
6561                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6562                  * mixdown*/
6563                 if  ([fAudTrack3MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6564                 {
6565                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack3CodecPopUp];
6566                 }
6567                 [fAudTrack3RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Samplerate"]];
6568                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6569                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AC3 Passthru"])
6570                 {
6571                     [fAudTrack3BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Bitrate"]];
6572                 }
6573                 [fAudTrack3DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6574                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack3DrcSlider];
6575             }
6576             if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6577             {
6578                 if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0)
6579                 {
6580                     [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 1];
6581                 }
6582                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6583                 [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"]];
6584                 /* check our pref for core audio and use it in place of faac if applicable */
6585                 if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey: @"UseCoreAudio"] == YES &&
6586                     [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString: @"AAC (faac)"])
6587                 {
6588                     [fAudTrack4CodecPopUp selectItemWithTitle:@"AAC (CoreAudio)"];
6589                 }
6590                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6591                 [fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Mixdown"]];
6592                 /* check to see if the selections was available, if not, rerun audioTrackPopUpChanged using the codec to just set the default
6593                  * mixdown*/
6594                 if  ([fAudTrack4MixPopUp selectedItem] == nil)
6595                 {
6596                     [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudTrack4CodecPopUp];
6597                 }
6598                 [fAudTrack4RatePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Samplerate"]];
6599                 /* We set the presets bitrate if it is *not* an AC3 track since that uses the input bitrate */
6600                 if (![[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Encoder"] isEqualToString:@"AC3 Passthru"])
6601                 {
6602                     [fAudTrack4BitratePopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Bitrate"]];
6603                 }
6604                 [fAudTrack4DrcSlider setFloatValue:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4TrackDRCSlider"] floatValue]];
6605                 [self audioDRCSliderChanged: fAudTrack4DrcSlider];
6606             }
6607
6608             /* We now cleanup any extra audio tracks that may have been previously set if we need to */
6609
6610             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio2Track"] == 0)
6611             {
6612                 [fAudLang2PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6613                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang2PopUp];
6614             }
6615             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio3Track"] > 0)
6616             {
6617                 [fAudLang3PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6618                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang3PopUp];
6619             }
6620             if (![chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] || [chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Audio4Track"] > 0)
6621             {
6622                 [fAudLang4PopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6623                 [self audioTrackPopUpChanged: fAudLang4PopUp];
6624             }
6625         }
6626
6627         /*Subtitles*/
6628         [fSubPopUp selectItemWithTitle:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"Subtitles"]];
6629         /* Forced Subtitles */
6630         [fSubForcedCheck setState:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"SubtitlesForced"] intValue]];
6631
6632         /* Picture Settings */
6633         /* Note: objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings" refers to picture size, which encompasses:
6634          * height, width, keep ar, anamorphic and crop settings.
6635          * picture filters are handled separately below.
6636          */
6637         /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is greater than 0, as 0 means use picture sizing "None"
6638          * ( 2 is use max for source and 1 is use exact size when the preset was created ) and the
6639          * preset completely ignores any picture sizing values in the preset.
6640          */
6641         if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] > 0)
6642         {
6643             hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
6644
6645             /* If Cropping is set to custom, then recall all four crop values from
6646              when the preset was created and apply them */
6647             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"]  intValue] == 0)
6648             {
6649                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:NO];
6650
6651                 /* Here we use the custom crop values saved at the time the preset was saved */
6652                 job->crop[0] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureTopCrop"]  intValue];
6653                 job->crop[1] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"]  intValue];
6654                 job->crop[2] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"]  intValue];
6655                 job->crop[3] = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureRightCrop"]  intValue];
6656
6657             }
6658             else /* if auto crop has been saved in preset, set to auto and use post scan auto crop */
6659             {
6660                 [fPictureController setAutoCrop:YES];
6661                 /* Here we use the auto crop values determined right after scan */
6662                 job->crop[0] = AutoCropTop;
6663                 job->crop[1] = AutoCropBottom;
6664                 job->crop[2] = AutoCropLeft;
6665                 job->crop[3] = AutoCropRight;
6666
6667             }
6668
6669
6670             /* Check to see if the objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 2 which is "Use Max for the source */
6671             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 2 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"]  intValue] == 1)
6672             {
6673                 /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
6674                 [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6675                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6676                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6677                 {
6678                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6679                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6680                     {
6681                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6682                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6683                     }
6684                 }
6685                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6686             }
6687             else // /* If not 0 or 2 we assume objectForKey:@"UsesPictureSettings is 1 which is "Use picture sizing from when the preset was set" */
6688             {
6689                 /* we check to make sure the presets width/height does not exceed the sources width/height */
6690                 if (fTitle->width < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue] || fTitle->height < [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue])
6691                 {
6692                     /* if so, then we use the sources height and width to avoid scaling up */
6693                     //job->width = fTitle->width;
6694                     //job->height = fTitle->height;
6695                     [self revertPictureSizeToMax:nil];
6696                 }
6697                 else // source width/height is >= the preset height/width
6698                 {
6699                     /* we can go ahead and use the presets values for height and width */
6700                     job->width = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureWidth"]  intValue];
6701                     job->height = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureHeight"]  intValue];
6702                 }
6703                 job->keep_ratio = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"]  intValue];
6704                 if (job->keep_ratio == 1)
6705                 {
6706                     hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_WIDTH );
6707                     if( job->height > fTitle->height )
6708                     {
6709                         job->height = fTitle->height;
6710                         hb_fix_aspect( job, HB_KEEP_HEIGHT );
6711                     }
6712                 }
6713                 job->anamorphic.mode = [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PicturePAR"]  intValue];
6714
6715             }
6716
6717
6718         }
6719         /* If the preset has an objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters", and handle the filters here */
6720         if ([chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"] && [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"]  intValue] > 0)
6721         {
6722             /* Filters */
6723
6724             /* We only allow *either* Decomb or Deinterlace. So check for the PictureDecombDeinterlace key.
6725              * also, older presets may not have this key, in which case we also check to see if that preset had  PictureDecomb
6726              * specified, in which case we use decomb and ignore any possible Deinterlace settings as using both was less than
6727              * sane.
6728              */
6729             [fPictureController setUseDecomb:1];
6730             [fPictureController setDecomb:0];
6731             [fPictureController setDeinterlace:0];
6732             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1 || [[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6733             {
6734                 /* we are using decomb */
6735                 /* Decomb */
6736                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] > 0)
6737                 {
6738                     [fPictureController setDecomb:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue]];
6739
6740                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the decomb setting, also set the custom string*/
6741                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecomb"] intValue] == 1)
6742                     {
6743                         [fPictureController setDecombCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"]];
6744                     }
6745                 }
6746              }
6747             else
6748             {
6749                 /* We are using Deinterlace */
6750                 /* Deinterlace */
6751                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] > 0)
6752                 {
6753                     [fPictureController setUseDecomb:0];
6754                     [fPictureController setDeinterlace:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue]];
6755                     /* if we are using "Custom" in the deinterlace setting, also set the custom string*/
6756                     if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"] intValue] == 1)
6757                     {
6758                         [fPictureController setDeinterlaceCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"]];
6759                     }
6760                 }
6761             }
6762
6763
6764             /* Detelecine */
6765             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] > 0)
6766             {
6767                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue]];
6768                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the detelecine setting, also set the custom string*/
6769                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecine"] intValue] == 1)
6770                 {
6771                     [fPictureController setDetelecineCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"]];
6772                 }
6773             }
6774             else
6775             {
6776                 [fPictureController setDetelecine:0];
6777             }
6778
6779             /* Denoise */
6780             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] > 0)
6781             {
6782                 [fPictureController setDenoise:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue]];
6783                 /* if we are using "Custom" in the denoise setting, also set the custom string*/
6784                 if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoise"] intValue] == 1)
6785                 {
6786                     [fPictureController setDenoiseCustomString:[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"]];
6787                 }
6788             }
6789             else
6790             {
6791                 [fPictureController setDenoise:0];
6792             }
6793
6794             /* Deblock */
6795             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue] == 1)
6796             {
6797                 /* if its a one, then its the old on/off deblock, set on to 5*/
6798                 [fPictureController setDeblock:5];
6799             }
6800             else
6801             {
6802                 /* use the settings intValue */
6803                 [fPictureController setDeblock:[[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"PictureDeblock"] intValue]];
6804             }
6805
6806             if ([[chosenPreset objectForKey:@"VideoGrayScale"] intValue] == 1)
6807             {
6808                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:1];
6809             }
6810             else
6811             {
6812                 [fPictureController setGrayscale:0];
6813             }
6814         }
6815         /* we call SetTitle: in fPictureController so we get an instant update in the Picture Settings window */
6816         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6817         [fPictureController SetTitle:fTitle];
6818         [self calculatePictureSizing:nil];
6819     }
6820 }
6821
6822
6823 #pragma mark -
6824 #pragma mark Manage Presets
6825
6826 - (void) loadPresets {
6827         /* We declare the default NSFileManager into fileManager */
6828         NSFileManager * fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
6829         /*We define the location of the user presets file */
6830     UserPresetsFile = @"~/Library/Application Support/HandBrake/UserPresets.plist";
6831         UserPresetsFile = [[UserPresetsFile stringByExpandingTildeInPath]retain];
6832     /* We check for the presets.plist */
6833         if ([fileManager fileExistsAtPath:UserPresetsFile] == 0)
6834         {
6835                 [fileManager createFileAtPath:UserPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
6836         }
6837
6838         UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:UserPresetsFile];
6839         if (nil == UserPresets)
6840         {
6841                 UserPresets = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6842                 [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6843         }
6844         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6845
6846     [self checkBuiltInsForUpdates];
6847 }
6848
6849 - (void) checkBuiltInsForUpdates {
6850
6851         BOOL updateBuiltInPresets = NO;
6852     int i = 0;
6853     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
6854     id tempObject;
6855     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
6856     {
6857         /* iterate through the built in presets to see if any have an old build number */
6858         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
6859         /*Key Type == 0 is built in, and key PresetBuildNumber is the build number it was created with */
6860         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
6861         {
6862                         if (![thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] || [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"] intValue] < [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue])
6863             {
6864                 updateBuiltInPresets = YES;
6865             }
6866                 }
6867         i++;
6868     }
6869     /* if we have built in presets to update, then do so AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate*/
6870     if ( updateBuiltInPresets == YES)
6871     {
6872         if( [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] boolForKey:@"AlertBuiltInPresetUpdate"] == YES)
6873         {
6874             /* Show an alert window that built in presets will be updated */
6875             /*On Screen Notification*/
6876             int status;
6877             NSBeep();
6878             status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"HandBrake has determined your built in presets are out of date...",@"HandBrake will now update your built-in presets.", @"OK", nil, nil);
6879             [NSApp requestUserAttention:NSCriticalRequest];
6880         }
6881         /* when alert is dismissed, go ahead and update the built in presets */
6882         [self addFactoryPresets:nil];
6883     }
6884
6885 }
6886
6887
6888 - (IBAction) showAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6889 {
6890     /* Deselect the currently selected Preset if there is one*/
6891     [fPresetsOutlineView deselectRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
6892
6893     /* Populate the preset picture settings popup here */
6894     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp removeAllItems];
6895     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"None"];
6896     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Current"];
6897     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp addItemWithTitle:@"Source Maximum (post source scan)"];
6898     [fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp selectItemAtIndex: 0];
6899     /* Uncheck the preset use filters checkbox */
6900     [fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck setState:NSOffState];
6901     // fPresetNewFolderCheck
6902     [fPresetNewFolderCheck setState:NSOffState];
6903     /* Erase info from the input fields*/
6904         [fPresetNewName setStringValue: @""];
6905         [fPresetNewDesc setStringValue: @""];
6906         /* Show the panel */
6907         [NSApp beginSheet:fAddPresetPanel modalForWindow:fWindow modalDelegate:nil didEndSelector:NULL contextInfo:NULL];
6908 }
6909
6910 - (IBAction) closeAddPresetPanel: (id) sender
6911 {
6912     [NSApp endSheet: fAddPresetPanel];
6913     [fAddPresetPanel orderOut: self];
6914 }
6915
6916 - (IBAction)addUserPreset:(id)sender
6917 {
6918     if (![[fPresetNewName stringValue] length])
6919             NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"You need to insert a name for the preset.", @"OK", nil , nil);
6920     else
6921     {
6922         /* Here we create a custom user preset */
6923         [UserPresets addObject:[self createPreset]];
6924         [self addPreset];
6925
6926         [self closeAddPresetPanel:nil];
6927     }
6928 }
6929 - (void)addPreset
6930 {
6931
6932
6933         /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
6934     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6935    /* We save all of the preset data here */
6936     [self savePreset];
6937 }
6938
6939 - (void)sortPresets
6940 {
6941
6942
6943         /* We Sort the Presets By Factory or Custom */
6944         NSSortDescriptor * presetTypeDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"Type"
6945                                                     ascending:YES] autorelease];
6946         /* We Sort the Presets Alphabetically by name  We do not use this now as we have drag and drop*/
6947         /*
6948     NSSortDescriptor * presetNameDescriptor=[[[NSSortDescriptor alloc] initWithKey:@"PresetName"
6949                                                     ascending:YES selector:@selector(caseInsensitiveCompare:)] autorelease];
6950         //NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,presetNameDescriptor,nil];
6951
6952     */
6953     /* Since we can drag and drop our custom presets, lets just sort by type and not name */
6954     NSArray *sortDescriptors=[NSArray arrayWithObjects:presetTypeDescriptor,nil];
6955         NSArray *sortedArray=[UserPresets sortedArrayUsingDescriptors:sortDescriptors];
6956         [UserPresets setArray:sortedArray];
6957
6958
6959 }
6960
6961 - (IBAction)insertPreset:(id)sender
6962 {
6963     int index = [fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow];
6964     [UserPresets insertObject:[self createPreset] atIndex:index];
6965     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
6966     [self savePreset];
6967 }
6968
6969 - (NSDictionary *)createPreset
6970 {
6971     NSMutableDictionary *preset = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
6972     /* Preset build number */
6973     [preset setObject:[NSString stringWithFormat: @"%d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
6974     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
6975         /* Get the New Preset Name from the field in the AddPresetPanel */
6976     [preset setObject:[fPresetNewName stringValue] forKey:@"PresetName"];
6977     /* Set whether or not this is to be a folder fPresetNewFolderCheck*/
6978     [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithBool:[fPresetNewFolderCheck state]] forKey:@"Folder"];
6979         /*Set whether or not this is a user preset or factory 0 is factory, 1 is user*/
6980         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:1] forKey:@"Type"];
6981         /*Set whether or not this is default, at creation set to 0*/
6982         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
6983     if ([fPresetNewFolderCheck state] == YES)
6984     {
6985         /* initialize and set an empty array for children here since we are a new folder */
6986         NSMutableArray *childrenArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
6987         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: childrenArray] forKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
6988         [childrenArray autorelease];
6989     }
6990     else // we are not creating a preset folder, so we go ahead with the rest of the preset info
6991     {
6992         /*Get the whether or not to apply pic Size and Cropping (includes Anamorphic)*/
6993         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicSettingsPopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"UsesPictureSettings"];
6994         /* Get whether or not to use the current Picture Filter settings for the preset */
6995         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPresetNewPicFiltersCheck state]] forKey:@"UsesPictureFilters"];
6996
6997         /* Get New Preset Description from the field in the AddPresetPanel*/
6998         [preset setObject:[fPresetNewDesc stringValue] forKey:@"PresetDescription"];
6999         /* File Format */
7000         [preset setObject:[fDstFormatPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"FileFormat"];
7001         /* Chapter Markers fCreateChapterMarkers*/
7002         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fCreateChapterMarkers state]] forKey:@"ChapterMarkers"];
7003         /* Allow Mpeg4 64 bit formatting +4GB file sizes */
7004         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4LargeFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4LargeFile"];
7005         /* Mux mp4 with http optimization */
7006         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4HttpOptFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4HttpOptimize"];
7007         /* Add iPod uuid atom */
7008         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fDstMp4iPodFileCheck state]] forKey:@"Mp4iPodCompatible"];
7009
7010         /* Codecs */
7011         /* Video encoder */
7012         [preset setObject:[fVidEncoderPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoEncoder"];
7013         /* x264 Option String */
7014         [preset setObject:[fAdvancedOptions optionsString] forKey:@"x264Option"];
7015
7016         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidQualityMatrix selectedRow]] forKey:@"VideoQualityType"];
7017         [preset setObject:[fVidTargetSizeField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoTargetSize"];
7018         [preset setObject:[fVidBitrateField stringValue] forKey:@"VideoAvgBitrate"];
7019         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fVidQualityRFField floatValue]] forKey:@"VideoQualitySlider"];
7020
7021         /* Video framerate */
7022         if ([fVidRatePopUp indexOfSelectedItem] == 0) // Same as source is selected
7023         {
7024             [preset setObject:@"Same as source" forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7025         }
7026         else // we can record the actual titleOfSelectedItem
7027         {
7028             [preset setObject:[fVidRatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"VideoFramerate"];
7029         }
7030
7031         /* 2 Pass Encoding */
7032         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTwoPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTwoPass"];
7033         /* Turbo 2 pass Encoding fVidTurboPassCheck*/
7034         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fVidTurboPassCheck state]] forKey:@"VideoTurboTwoPass"];
7035         /*Picture Settings*/
7036         hb_job_t * job = fTitle->job;
7037         /* Picture Sizing */
7038         /* Use Max Picture settings for whatever the dvd is.*/
7039         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"UsesMaxPictureSettings"];
7040         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->width] forKey:@"PictureWidth"];
7041         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->height] forKey:@"PictureHeight"];
7042         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->keep_ratio] forKey:@"PictureKeepRatio"];
7043         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:fTitle->job->anamorphic.mode] forKey:@"PicturePAR"];
7044
7045         /* Set crop settings here */
7046         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController autoCrop]] forKey:@"PictureAutoCrop"];
7047         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[0]] forKey:@"PictureTopCrop"];
7048         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[1]] forKey:@"PictureBottomCrop"];
7049         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[2]] forKey:@"PictureLeftCrop"];
7050         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:job->crop[3]] forKey:@"PictureRightCrop"];
7051
7052         /* Picture Filters */
7053         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController useDecomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecombDeinterlace"];
7054         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deinterlace]] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlace"];
7055         [preset setObject:[fPictureController deinterlaceCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDeinterlaceCustom"];
7056         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController detelecine]] forKey:@"PictureDetelecine"];
7057         [preset setObject:[fPictureController detelecineCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDetelecineCustom"];
7058         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController denoise]] forKey:@"PictureDenoise"];
7059         [preset setObject:[fPictureController denoiseCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDenoiseCustom"];
7060         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController deblock]] forKey:@"PictureDeblock"];
7061         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController decomb]] forKey:@"PictureDecomb"];
7062         [preset setObject:[fPictureController decombCustomString] forKey:@"PictureDecombCustom"];
7063         [preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fPictureController grayscale]] forKey:@"VideoGrayScale"];
7064
7065         /*Audio*/
7066         NSMutableArray *audioListArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7067         /* we actually call the methods for the nests here */
7068         if ([fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7069         {
7070             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack1Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7071             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang1PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7072             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudLang1PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7073             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7074             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7075             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7076             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[fAudTrack1BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7077             [audioTrack1Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack1DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7078             [audioTrack1Array autorelease];
7079             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack1Array];
7080         }
7081
7082         if ([fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7083         {
7084             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack2Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7085             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang2PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7086             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudLang2PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7087             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7088             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7089             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7090             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[fAudTrack2BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7091             [audioTrack2Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack2DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7092             [audioTrack2Array autorelease];
7093             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack2Array];
7094         }
7095
7096         if ([fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7097         {
7098             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack3Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7099             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang3PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7100             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudLang3PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7101             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7102             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7103             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7104             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[fAudTrack3BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7105             [audioTrack3Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack3DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7106             [audioTrack3Array autorelease];
7107             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack3Array];
7108         }
7109
7110         if ([fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem] > 0)
7111         {
7112             NSMutableDictionary *audioTrack4Array = [[NSMutableDictionary alloc] init];
7113             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fAudLang4PopUp indexOfSelectedItem]] forKey:@"AudioTrack"];
7114             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudLang4PopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioTrackDescription"];
7115             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4CodecPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioEncoder"];
7116             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4MixPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioMixdown"];
7117             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4RatePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioSamplerate"];
7118             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[fAudTrack4BitratePopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"AudioBitrate"];
7119             [audioTrack4Array setObject:[NSNumber numberWithFloat:[fAudTrack4DrcSlider floatValue]] forKey:@"AudioTrackDRCSlider"];
7120             [audioTrack4Array autorelease];
7121             [audioListArray addObject:audioTrack4Array];
7122         }
7123
7124
7125         [preset setObject:[NSMutableArray arrayWithArray: audioListArray] forKey:@"AudioList"];
7126
7127
7128         /* Temporarily remove subtitles from creating a new preset as it has to be converted over to use the new
7129          * subititle array code. */
7130         /* Subtitles*/
7131         //[preset setObject:[fSubPopUp titleOfSelectedItem] forKey:@"Subtitles"];
7132         /* Forced Subtitles */
7133         //[preset setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[fSubForcedCheck state]] forKey:@"SubtitlesForced"];
7134     }
7135     [preset autorelease];
7136     return preset;
7137
7138 }
7139
7140 - (void)savePreset
7141 {
7142     [UserPresets writeToFile:UserPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7143         /* We get the default preset in case it changed */
7144         [self getDefaultPresets:nil];
7145
7146 }
7147
7148 - (IBAction)deletePreset:(id)sender
7149 {
7150
7151
7152     if ( [fPresetsOutlineView numberOfSelectedRows] == 0 )
7153     {
7154         return;
7155     }
7156     /* Alert user before deleting preset */
7157         int status;
7158     status = NSRunAlertPanel(@"Warning!", @"Are you sure that you want to delete the selected preset?", @"OK", @"Cancel", nil);
7159
7160     if ( status == NSAlertDefaultReturn )
7161     {
7162         int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7163         NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7164         NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7165
7166         NSEnumerator *enumerator;
7167         NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7168         NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7169         id tempObject;
7170         /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7171         if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7172         {
7173             presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7174         }
7175         else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7176         {
7177             presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7178         }
7179
7180         enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7181         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7182
7183         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7184         {
7185             NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7186             if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7187             {
7188                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7189             }
7190         }
7191
7192         [presetsArrayToMod removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7193         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7194         [self savePreset];
7195     }
7196 }
7197
7198
7199 #pragma mark -
7200 #pragma mark Import Export Preset(s)
7201
7202 - (IBAction) browseExportPresetFile: (id) sender
7203 {
7204     /* Open a panel to let the user choose where and how to save the export file */
7205     NSSavePanel * panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
7206         /* We get the current file name and path from the destination field here */
7207     NSString *defaultExportDirectory = [NSString stringWithFormat: @"%@/Desktop/", NSHomeDirectory()];
7208
7209         [panel beginSheetForDirectory: defaultExportDirectory file: @"HB_Export.plist"
7210                                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7211                                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseExportPresetFileDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7212                                           contextInfo: NULL];
7213 }
7214
7215 - (void) browseExportPresetFileDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7216                    returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7217 {
7218     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7219     {
7220         NSString *presetExportDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7221         NSString *exportPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7222         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:presetExportDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetExportDirectory"];
7223         /* We check for the presets.plist */
7224         if ([[NSFileManager defaultManager] fileExistsAtPath:exportPresetsFile] == 0)
7225         {
7226             [[NSFileManager defaultManager] createFileAtPath:exportPresetsFile contents:nil attributes:nil];
7227         }
7228         NSMutableArray * presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:exportPresetsFile];
7229         if (nil == presetsToExport)
7230         {
7231             presetsToExport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] init];
7232
7233             /* now get and add selected presets to export */
7234
7235         }
7236         if ([fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow] >= 0 && [[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] != 1)
7237         {
7238             [presetsToExport addObject:[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7239             [presetsToExport writeToFile:exportPresetsFile atomically:YES];
7240
7241         }
7242
7243     }
7244 }
7245
7246
7247 - (IBAction) browseImportPresetFile: (id) sender
7248 {
7249
7250     NSOpenPanel * panel;
7251
7252     panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
7253     [panel setAllowsMultipleSelection: NO];
7254     [panel setCanChooseFiles: YES];
7255     [panel setCanChooseDirectories: NO ];
7256     NSString * sourceDirectory;
7257         if ([[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"])
7258         {
7259                 sourceDirectory = [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] stringForKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7260         }
7261         else
7262         {
7263                 sourceDirectory = @"~/Desktop";
7264                 sourceDirectory = [sourceDirectory stringByExpandingTildeInPath];
7265         }
7266     /* we open up the browse sources sheet here and call for browseSourcesDone after the sheet is closed
7267         * to evaluate whether we want to specify a title, we pass the sender in the contextInfo variable
7268         */
7269     /* set this for allowed file types, not sure if we should allow xml or not */
7270     NSArray *fileTypes = [NSArray arrayWithObjects:@"plist", @"xml", nil];
7271     [panel beginSheetForDirectory: sourceDirectory file: nil types: fileTypes
7272                    modalForWindow: fWindow modalDelegate: self
7273                    didEndSelector: @selector( browseImportPresetDone:returnCode:contextInfo: )
7274                       contextInfo: sender];
7275 }
7276
7277 - (void) browseImportPresetDone: (NSSavePanel *) sheet
7278                      returnCode: (int) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
7279 {
7280     if( returnCode == NSOKButton )
7281     {
7282         NSString *importPresetsDirectory = [[sheet filename] stringByDeletingLastPathComponent];
7283         NSString *importPresetsFile = [sheet filename];
7284         [[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] setObject:importPresetsDirectory forKey:@"LastPresetImportDirectory"];
7285         /* NOTE: here we need to do some sanity checking to verify we do not hose up our presets file   */
7286         NSMutableArray * presetsToImport = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:importPresetsFile];
7287         /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7288         int i = 0;
7289         NSEnumerator *enumerator = [presetsToImport objectEnumerator];
7290         id tempObject;
7291         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7292         {
7293             /* make any changes to the incoming preset we see fit */
7294             /* make sure the incoming preset is not tagged as default */
7295             [tempObject setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7296             /* prepend "(imported) to the name of the incoming preset for clarification since it can be changed */
7297             NSString * prependedName = [@"(import) " stringByAppendingString:[tempObject objectForKey:@"PresetName"]] ;
7298             [tempObject setObject:prependedName forKey:@"PresetName"];
7299
7300             /* actually add the new preset to our presets array */
7301             [UserPresets addObject:tempObject];
7302             i++;
7303         }
7304         [presetsToImport autorelease];
7305         [self sortPresets];
7306         [self addPreset];
7307
7308     }
7309 }
7310
7311 #pragma mark -
7312 #pragma mark Manage Default Preset
7313
7314 - (IBAction)getDefaultPresets:(id)sender
7315 {
7316         presetHbDefault = nil;
7317     presetUserDefault = nil;
7318     presetUserDefaultParent = nil;
7319     presetUserDefaultParentParent = nil;
7320     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParent = nil;
7321     NSMutableDictionary *presetHbDefaultParentParent = nil;
7322
7323     int i = 0;
7324     BOOL userDefaultFound = NO;
7325     presetCurrentBuiltInCount = 0;
7326     /* First we iterate through the root UserPresets array to check for defaults */
7327     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7328         id tempObject;
7329         while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7330         {
7331                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7332                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7333                 {
7334                         presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7335                 }
7336                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7337                 {
7338                         presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7339             userDefaultFound = YES;
7340         }
7341         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7342         {
7343                         presetCurrentBuiltInCount++; // <--increment the current number of built in presets
7344                 }
7345                 i++;
7346
7347         /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7348         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7349         {
7350             NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParent = thisPresetDict;
7351             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7352             id tempObject;
7353             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7354             {
7355                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7356                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7357                 {
7358                     presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7359                     presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7360                 }
7361                 if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7362                 {
7363                     presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7364                     presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7365                     userDefaultFound = YES;
7366                 }
7367
7368                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7369                 if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7370                 {
7371                     NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDictParentParent = thisPresetDict;
7372                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7373                     id tempObject;
7374                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7375                     {
7376                         NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7377                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 1) // 1 is HB default
7378                         {
7379                             presetHbDefault = thisPresetDict;
7380                             presetHbDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7381                             presetHbDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7382                         }
7383                         if ([[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] == 2) // 2 is User specified default
7384                         {
7385                             presetUserDefault = thisPresetDict;
7386                             presetUserDefaultParent = thisPresetDictParent;
7387                             presetUserDefaultParentParent = thisPresetDictParentParent;
7388                             userDefaultFound = YES;
7389                         }
7390
7391                     }
7392                 }
7393             }
7394         }
7395
7396         }
7397     /* check to see if a user specified preset was found, if not then assign the parents for
7398      * the presetHbDefault so that we can open the parents for the nested presets
7399      */
7400     if (userDefaultFound == NO)
7401     {
7402         presetUserDefaultParent = presetHbDefaultParent;
7403         presetUserDefaultParentParent = presetHbDefaultParentParent;
7404     }
7405 }
7406
7407 - (IBAction)setDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7408 {
7409 /* We need to determine if the item is a folder */
7410    if ([[[fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]] objectForKey:@"Folder"] intValue] == 1)
7411    {
7412    return;
7413    }
7414
7415     int i = 0;
7416     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7417         id tempObject;
7418         /* First make sure the old user specified default preset is removed */
7419     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7420         {
7421                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7422                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7423                 {
7424                         [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7425                 }
7426
7427                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 1 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7428         if ([thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7429         {
7430             NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7431             id tempObject;
7432             int ii = 0;
7433             while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7434             {
7435                 NSMutableDictionary *thisPresetDict1 = tempObject;
7436                 if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7437                 {
7438                     [[[thisPresetDict objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:ii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7439                 }
7440                 /* if we run into a folder, go to level 2 and iterate through the children arrays for the default */
7441                 if ([thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"])
7442                 {
7443                     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectEnumerator];
7444                     id tempObject;
7445                     int iii = 0;
7446                     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7447                     {
7448                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 0
7449                         {
7450                             [[[thisPresetDict1 objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"] objectAtIndex:iii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:0] forKey:@"Default"];
7451                         }
7452                         iii++;
7453                     }
7454                 }
7455                 ii++;
7456             }
7457
7458         }
7459         i++;
7460         }
7461
7462
7463     int presetToModLevel = [fPresetsOutlineView levelForItem: [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]]];
7464     NSDictionary *presetToMod = [fPresetsOutlineView itemAtRow:[fPresetsOutlineView selectedRow]];
7465     NSDictionary *presetToModParent = [fPresetsOutlineView parentForItem: presetToMod];
7466
7467
7468     NSMutableArray *presetsArrayToMod;
7469     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7470
7471     /* If we are a root level preset, we are modding the UserPresets array */
7472     if (presetToModLevel == 0)
7473     {
7474         presetsArrayToMod = UserPresets;
7475     }
7476     else // We have a parent preset, so we modify the chidren array object for key
7477     {
7478         presetsArrayToMod = [presetToModParent objectForKey:@"ChildrenArray"];
7479     }
7480
7481     enumerator = [presetsArrayToMod objectEnumerator];
7482     tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7483     int iiii = 0;
7484     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7485     {
7486         NSDictionary *thisPresetDict = tempObject;
7487         if (thisPresetDict == presetToMod)
7488         {
7489             if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Default"] intValue] != 1) // if not the default HB Preset, set to 2
7490             {
7491                 [[presetsArrayToMod objectAtIndex:iiii] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:2] forKey:@"Default"];
7492             }
7493         }
7494      iiii++;
7495      }
7496
7497
7498     /* We save all of the preset data here */
7499     [self savePreset];
7500     /* We Reload the New Table data for presets */
7501     [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7502 }
7503
7504 - (IBAction)selectDefaultPreset:(id)sender
7505 {
7506         NSMutableDictionary *presetToMod;
7507     /* if there is a user specified default, we use it */
7508         if (presetUserDefault)
7509         {
7510         presetToMod = presetUserDefault;
7511     }
7512         else if (presetHbDefault) //else we use the built in default presetHbDefault
7513         {
7514         presetToMod = presetHbDefault;
7515         }
7516     else
7517     {
7518     return;
7519     }
7520
7521     if (presetUserDefaultParent != nil)
7522     {
7523         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParent];
7524
7525     }
7526     if (presetUserDefaultParentParent != nil)
7527     {
7528         [fPresetsOutlineView expandItem:presetUserDefaultParentParent];
7529
7530     }
7531
7532     [fPresetsOutlineView selectRowIndexes:[NSIndexSet indexSetWithIndex:[fPresetsOutlineView rowForItem: presetToMod]] byExtendingSelection:NO];
7533         [self selectPreset:nil];
7534 }
7535
7536
7537 #pragma mark -
7538 #pragma mark Manage Built In Presets
7539
7540
7541 - (IBAction)deleteFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7542 {
7543     //int status;
7544     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7545         id tempObject;
7546
7547         //NSNumber *index;
7548     NSMutableArray *tempArray;
7549
7550
7551         tempArray = [NSMutableArray array];
7552         /* we look here to see if the preset is we move on to the next one */
7553         while ( tempObject = [enumerator nextObject] )
7554                 {
7555                         /* if the preset is "Factory" then we put it in the array of
7556                         presets to delete */
7557                         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0)
7558                         {
7559                                 [tempArray addObject:tempObject];
7560                         }
7561         }
7562
7563         [UserPresets removeObjectsInArray:tempArray];
7564         [fPresetsOutlineView reloadData];
7565         [self savePreset];
7566
7567 }
7568
7569    /* We use this method to recreate new, updated factory presets */
7570 - (IBAction)addFactoryPresets:(id)sender
7571 {
7572
7573     /* First, we delete any existing built in presets */
7574     [self deleteFactoryPresets: sender];
7575     /* Then we generate new built in presets programmatically with fPresetsBuiltin
7576      * which is all setup in HBPresets.h and  HBPresets.m*/
7577     [fPresetsBuiltin generateBuiltinPresets:UserPresets];
7578     /* update build number for built in presets */
7579     /* iterate though the new array of presets to import and add them to our presets array */
7580     int i = 0;
7581     NSEnumerator *enumerator = [UserPresets objectEnumerator];
7582     id tempObject;
7583     while (tempObject = [enumerator nextObject])
7584     {
7585         /* Record the apps current build number in the PresetBuildNumber key */
7586         if ([[tempObject objectForKey:@"Type"] intValue] == 0) // Type 0 is a built in preset
7587         {
7588             /* Preset build number */
7589             [[UserPresets objectAtIndex:i] setObject:[NSNumber numberWithInt:[[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]] forKey:@"PresetBuildNumber"];
7590         }
7591         i++;
7592     }
7593     /* report the built in preset updating to the activity log */
7594     [self writeToActivityLog: "built in presets updated to build number: %d", [[[[NSBundle mainBundle] infoDictionary] objectForKey:@"CFBundleVersion"] intValue]];
7595
7596     [self sortPresets];
7597     [self addPreset];
7598
7599 }
7600
7601
7602 @end
7603
7604 /*******************************
7605  * Subclass of the HBPresetsOutlineView *
7606  *******************************/
7607
7608 @implementation HBPresetsOutlineView
7609 - (NSImage *)dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:(NSIndexSet *)dragRows tableColumns:(NSArray *)tableColumns event:(NSEvent*)dragEvent offset:(NSPointPointer)dragImageOffset
7610 {
7611     fIsDragging = YES;
7612
7613     // By default, NSTableView only drags an image of the first column. Change this to
7614     // drag an image of the queue's icon and PresetName columns.
7615     NSArray * cols = [NSArray arrayWithObjects: [self tableColumnWithIdentifier:@"PresetName"], nil];
7616     return [super dragImageForRowsWithIndexes:dragRows tableColumns:cols event:dragEvent offset:dragImageOffset];
7617 }
7618
7619
7620
7621 - (void) mouseDown:(NSEvent *)theEvent
7622 {
7623     [super mouseDown:theEvent];
7624         fIsDragging = NO;
7625 }
7626
7627
7628
7629 - (BOOL) isDragging;
7630 {
7631     return fIsDragging;
7632 }
7633 @end
7634
7635
7636